![]()

# impact

#### DEMONSTRATING

#### ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND

#### GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### www.thungela.com

![]()

### Contents

05

#### Appendices 

Performance tables 12 0

GRI Index 124

Independent assurance statement 135

Reporting criteria 13 8

Glossary 141

Additional information 14 4

 

04

#### Governance

Sustainability governance 113

03

#### Social 

Safety 65

Occupational health 70

Our people 75

Communities 89

Contribution to society 106

 

02

#### Environment 

Environmental management 32

Air quality 37

Waste management 39

Climate change and energy 42

Water stewardship 49

Land stewardship 54

01

#### Introduction

Our South African operations 6

Our Australian operation 7

Ownership structure 8

Our purpose 9

Our 2023 performance 10

Our contribution to society 11

Recognition 12

Social, ethics and transformation committee chairman’s message 13

Chief executive officer’s review 15

Approach to ESG 18

Stakeholder engagement 22

Material matters 27

#### Purpose and scope of this report2

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

1

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

#### Purpose and scope of this report

This report provides our stakeholders with a transparent account of our

environmental, social and governance (ESG) approach and performance

across our most material sustainability topics for the year ended

31December 2023.

The scope of this report incorporates our wholly owned operations and joint

ventures where we have management control. We also include information

about operations where we do not have management control but hold a

significant interest. This includes Mafube Coal Mining Proprietary Limited

(Mafube), a 50% joint venture with Exxaro Coal Mpumalanga Proprietary

Limited. We have accounted for 50% of Mafube’s greenhouse gas (GHG)

emissions and energy consumption in line with the GHG Protocol, and 100%

for all other indicators. We exclude ESG data from other activities in which

we have a shareholding but do not have operational control, such as the

Richards Bay Coal Terminal, Phola Coal Processing Plant and Rietvlei Mining

Company Proprietary Limited. ESG information in this report relates only

to the South African operations. We are in the process of aligning Ensham

toour ESG reporting system and standards, and ESG information relating

toEnsham will be included in the next annual reporting cycle.

#### Disclaimer

All images utilised in this document have been used with the

permission of the subjects in them or their legal guardians, and with

theunderstanding that they could be published widely, including

ontheinternet, and may be seen throughout the world.

#### Assurance and basis of preparation

Our sustainability report has been compiled in accordance with the

Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Sustainability Reporting Standards

(core compliance) and GRI 12: Coal Sector Standard, 2022. It is also

aligned with the AccountAbility AA1000 Assurance Standard, the

AccountAbility Principles Engagement Standard, and the sustainable

development principles and reporting framework of the International

Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM). The reporting process for all our

reports has been guided by the principles and requirements contained

in the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS®) Accounting

Standards, the IFRS Foundation’s Integrated Reporting Framework, the

GRI standards, the King IV™ Report on Corporate Governance for

South Africa 2016 (King IV

1

), the listing requirements of the London Stock

Exchange and UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules, the JSE Listings

Requirements and the South African Companies Act, 71 of 2008.

#### Board responsibility statement

The board of directors delegated responsibility to the social, ethics

and transformation committee to oversee the compilation of this

report. The board has since collectively reviewed the contents and

is satisfied that this document addresses Thungela’s most material

issues and provides a balanced and appropriate representation

ofsustainability performance.

Thero Setiloane

Social, ethics and transformation committee chairman

24 April 2023

#### Thungela’s 2023 reporting suite

This report forms part of our overall suite of reporting

documents for the year ended 31December 2023, and

should be read in conjunction with the Thungela Integrated

Annual Report, the Thungela Annual Financial Statements,

and the Thungela Climate Change Report.

Annual Financial Statements 2023

Integrated Annual Report 2023

CLIMATE CHANGE REPORT 2023

This, the Thungela ESG Report, provides a detailed disclosure of key ESG

elements that could have a material impact on our performance, business

and stakeholders, if not effectively managed. It has been prepared in

alignment with both the core requirements of the GRI and the GRI 12:

Coal Sector Standard and internal safety and sustainable development

indicators. The Thungela Climate Change Report covers our approach

to climate change and incorporates the risks we face and their related

management. This was compiled in line with the recommendations of the

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures.

This document includes forward-looking statements. For

information regarding these, please refer to page 144.

For more information, visitwww.thungela.com/investors/integrated-reports.

IBIS Environmental Social Governance Consulting Africa (Pty)

Ltd (IBIS) has provided independent assurance over selected

sustainability key performance indicators. IBIS’ assurance statement

can be found on page 135.

#### Forward-looking statements

1

Copyright and trademarks are owned by the Institute of Directors of Southern

Africa NPC and all of its rights are reserved.

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

2

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

#### Responsibly creating value

#### together for a shared future

#### Our values

#### Safety

We are unconditional about

protecting the lives of all our

people – at work and at home

– in health and wellbeing.

#### Care & respect

We show humanity to all

through our commitment to

making a positive impact

where we can.

#### Accountability

We take responsibility for

our decisions, actions and

performance, to grow in

success and learn in failure.

#### Excellence

We are passionate about

being the best at what

we do and always seek

to raise the bar.

#### Agility

We keep things simple

and empower our people

by enabling them to make

quickdecisions.

#### Entrepreneurship

We have an owner’s mindset

because we know that

every small change adds

togreaterimpact.

3

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our contribution

#### to the United

#### Nations’ SustainableDevelopment Goals

and the Decade of

#### Action

Our ESG framework and

programmes are closely linked

with the United Nations’ (UN)

Sustainable Development Goals

(SDGs) and the Decade of

Action. Our ‘Approach to ESG’

section on page 18 shows how

our strategic priorities align with

the SDGs and the table alongside

shows our prioritised SDGs and

link to our material matters.

PRIORITY SDG LINK TO MATERIAL MATTERS DESCRIPTION

Spiking on social

Quality education addresses poverty’s root causes by providing individuals with the means to secure stable

employment and contribute meaningfully to society. We closed out our previous education programme and

developed a new programme which will commence in 2024.

Operating responsibly

Spiking on social

We continually reduce our consumption of all available water resources; increase our reuse and recycling

rates; and manage the impacts we may have on the quality of local water sources.

Safety

Spiking on social

We commit to providing a safe and healthy working environment for our people and to mitigating any

negative impacts we may have on local communities. We provide equal opportunities to foster an inclusive,

diverse, and empowered workforce. We are creating an enduring positive legacy for employees through

the Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme, giving them a direct stake in its future success. Our Thuthukani

enterprise and supplier development programme supports the growth and success of local suppliers.

Spiking on social

Rail infrastructure

Capital projects

We promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation, particularly for small, micro and medium enterprises

through our enterprise and supplier development programme and build resilient infrastructure through our

Social and Labour Plan, corporate social investment and mining projects.

Operating responsibly

Climate change

Spiking on social

We have assessed our climate risks and opportunities and developed a detailed scenario-based path to net

zero by 2050. We support a technology agnostic approach to emissions abatement that includes carbon

capture, utilisation and storage, and high-efficiency power stations. We take a holistic approach to climate

change by developing social programmes that consider climate change risks.

PRIORITY SDG

Spiking on social

Creating value

Operating responsibly

We partner with communities to understand and help deliver on their priorities. We proactively engage all

stakeholders and uphold human rights in our operations and activities. We partner with industry, government

and academia to develop environmentally-sound technologies.

#### Spiking on social

#### Operating responsibly

#### Spiking on social

#### Safety

#### Spiking on socialSpiking on social

#### Rail infrastructure

#### Capital projects

#### Operating responsibly

#### Climate changeSpiking on socialSpiking on social

#### Creating value

#### Operating responsibly

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

4

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

## INTRODUCTION

01

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

5

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

Mt – million tonnes

LOM – life of mine

#### Our South African operations

Our seven mining operations are among

the highest quality thermal coal mines in

South Africa by calorific value.

GREENSIDE COLLIERY

Market:export and domestic

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 8.5Mt

●

 Indicated: 4.0Mt

Coal Reserves

●

 Proved: 15.0Mt

●

 Probable: 2.1Mt

Mining method:

underground – bord and pillar

LOM:5 years

ZIBULO COLLIERY

Market: export and

domestic

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 376.4Mt

●

 Indicated: 55.5Mt

Coal Reserves

●

 P ro v e d: 2 7.1M t

●

 Probable: 24.3Mtt

Mining method:

underground – bord and

pillar and opencast

LOM:8 years

MPUMALANGA

Middelburg

eMalahleni

MAFUBE COLLIERY

1

Market: export

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 26.6Mt

●

 Indicated: 1.4Mt

Coal Reserves

●

 Proved: 82.6Mt

●

 Probable: 32.1Mt

Mining method: opencast

LOM:20 years

1

Resources and Reserves are

shown at 100%.

GOEDEHOOP

COLLIERY

Market: export and

domestic

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 243.8Mt

●

 Indicated: 5.8Mt

Coal Reserves

●

 Proved: 6.4Mt

●

 Probable: 0.2Mt

Mining method:

underground – bordand

pillar

LOM:2 years

RIETVLEI COLLIERY

Market: domestic

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 5.0Mt

●

 Indicated: 0.8Mt

Coal Reserves

●

 Proved: 20.9Mt

●

 Probable: 2.5Mt

Mining method: opencast

LOM:8 years

MPUMALANGA

PROVINCE

Coal Reserves

●

 Proved: 26.4Mt

●

 Probable: 2.1Mt

Mining method: opencast

LOM:6 years

KHWEZELA COLLIERY

Market: export and domestic

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 39.5Mt

●

 Indicated: 9.5Mt

Coal Reserves

●

 Proved: 7.4Mt

●

 Probable:

–

Mining method: opencast

LOM:2 years

ISIBONELO COLLIERY

Market: domestic

Coal Resources

●

 Measured: 16.4Mt

●

 Indicated: —

6

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

●

QUEENSLAND

Rail line (339km)

Port of Gladstone

Brisbane

Bowen Basin

#### Our Australian operation

ENSHAM MINE

Market:export

Coal Resources

1

●

 Measured: 66.4Mt

●

 Indicated: 969.8Mt

Coal Reserves

1

●

 Proved: 32.0Mt

●

 Probable: 34.6Mt

Mining method:

underground

LOM:16 years

1

Reserves and Resources are shown

at 100%

Mt – million tonnes

LOM – life of mine

7

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Richards Bay Coal

Terminal

23%

Pamish

2

49%

Mainstreet

175 6

Thungela

Marketing

International

Rietvlei

Mining

Company

4

51%

Butsanani

Energy

3

Sungela

Holdings

6

33% 73.5%

Sungela

7

Ensham Coal

Sales

8

Ensham

Resources

Nogoa

Pastoral

8

85%85%

Thungela

Treasury

Thungela

Resources

Holdings

Thungela

International

Phola

5

50%

Thungela Operations

South Africa Coal Operations

33%

Anglo American

Inyosi Coal

• Isibonelo  • Goedehoop

• Greenside • Khwezela

Thungela

Resources

Australia

Thungela

Marketing

International

Holdings

73%

Mafube Coal

Mining

1

50%

Sisonke

Employee

Empowerment

Scheme

Nkulo

Community

Partnership

Trust

27%

5%

5%

90%

• Zibulo

• Elders Project

Thungela Resources Limited

#### Ownership structure

#### Group organisational structure

1

Exxaro Coal Mpumalanga Proprietary Limited holds the remaining 50% interest in Mafube Coal Mining.

2

Nasonti Technical Services Proprietary Limited holds the remaining 51% interest in Pamish.

3

Vunani Mining Proprietary Limited holds the remaining 33% of Butsanani Energy.

4

Emalangeni Mining Resources Proprietary Limited and Mwelase Group of Companies Proprietary Limited

hold 34% and 15% of Rietvlei Mining Company respectively.

5

Seriti Power Proprietary Limited holds the remaining 50% interest in Phola.

6

Audley Energy Limited and Mayfair Corporations Group Proprietary Limited hold the remaining 26.5%

inSungela Holdings in equal proportions.

7

Sungela holds an 85% interest in the Ensham joint venture and Nogoa joint venture, both of which

areunincorporated joint ventures.

8

Bowen Investment (Australia) Proprietary Limited holds the remaining 15% interest in Ensham Coal Sales

and Nogoa Pastoral.

Wholly owned subsidiary

Subsidiary with non-controlling interests

Joint operation

Associate

8

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

We are uncompromising about safety

and it is our first consideration in everything we do.

We hold ourselves to the highest governance principles by

managing our impacts and mining sustainably.

Being a responsible miner means being a responsible

neighbour. We mine responsibly to ensure that host communities

thrive and benefit from the positive impacts we aim to create.

We want others to share in the

value we create. From shareholders

and employees to host communities, we

want all our stakeholders to be better off

because of our business.

We cannot do it on our own.

That is why we collaborate, engage and

build meaningful relationships with all our

stakeholders.

The value we create contributes

to a brighter future for all of us.

By achieving our goals together, we

all face a future worth sharing.

#### Our purpose

#### To responsibly create value together for a shared future.

9

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our 2023

#### performance

ENVIRONMENT

Water reused/

recycled

96%

2022: 96%

Water

treatment

69%

2022: 57%

Number of level 3, 4 or 5

environmental incidents

2

2022: 2

Total energy consumed

(millionGJ)

3.14

2022: 3.01

Total GHG emissions

(kt CO

2

– equivalent)

729

2022: 748

Freshwater abstraction

(megalitres)

369

2022: 767

SAFETY AND HEALTH

Fatality

1

2022: 0

Total recordable case

frequency rate (TRCFR)

1.40

2022: 1.41

New cases of noise-

induced hearing loss

2

2022: 2

PEOPLE

Historically disadvantaged

persons in management

65%

2022: 60%

Women in

management

34%

2022: 30%

Voluntary labour

turnover

3.8%

2022: 5.0%

Number of incidents with

social consequences level

3, 4 or 5

16

2022: 20

Host community

procurement

21%

2022: 28%

SOCIAL

Total percentage of HIV-positive

employees on treatment

96%

2022: 95%

Total percentage of employees

who know their HIV status

98%

2022: 95%

WELLNESS

GJ gigajoule

GHG  greenhouse gas

Kt CO

2

kilotonne carbon dioxide

10

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

HOST COMMUNITY

PROCUREMENT

#### R2.0 billion

Procurement of goods and services

from suppliers in the immediate areas

of our operations.

TOTAL

PROCUREMENT

#### R9.6 billion

Supply chain expenditure from

third-party suppliers. This includes

operational and capital expenditure.

WAGES AND RELATED

PAYMENTS

R4.7 billion

Payroll costs for employees,

excluding contractors, including a

proportionate share of employees in

joint operations.

CAPITAL

INVESTMENT

#### R3.0 billion

Cash expenditure on property, plant

and equipment, including sustaining

capital expenditure (capex) of

R1.6billion, expansionary capex

of R1.4 billion including R49 million

investment in the Zibulo solar plant.

CONTRIBUTION TO LOCAL COMMUNITIES

R126 million

Expenditure on Social and Labour Plan, corporate social

investment and strategic projects such as Thuthukani, our

enterprise and supplier development programme.

#### Our

#### contribution

#### to society

SISONKE EMPLOYEE

EMPOWERMENT SCHEME

#### R156 million

More than 3,400 employees

belong to the scheme. Total

contributions to date amount

toR741 million.

NKULO COMMUNITY

PARTNERSHIP TRUST

#### R156 million

The Trust was established as a vehicle to

spike on the S of ESG. Registered as a public

benefit organisation, the Trust has received

contributions of R741 million. Funds will be

directed toward projects that will benefit

hostcommunities.

Information represents results from the South African business only.

11

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

We improved from a ‘BB’ rating

in 2022 to a

‘BBB’ rating in 2023.

#### Recognition

#### We are committed to accurate and transparent reporting and continuous improvement in our disclosure.

The following ratings were achieved in recognition of these efforts in 2023:

Our overall score improved from 3.5 out of 5 in

2022 to 4 out of 5 in 2023 compared to the coal

sub-sector average of 2.2 out of 5.

Out total score improved from 44 in 2022 to 49 last

year

, and we ranked second out of 54 coal mining

companies in the coal and consumable fuels sector.

Data availability was described as being ‘very high’.

Our first submission to the CDP earned us a

‘B

’rating in the management band. We scored

higher than the coal mining sector’s C average.

In our first corporate rating by ISS, we achieved a

‘C’ rating with transparency levels cited as being

‘very high’.

We achieved certification in the Top Employers

certification programme for the second time

in2023.

12

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Social, ethics and transformation

#### committee chairman’s message

In our initial two years as an independent organisation, we spent a

considerable amount of time establishing our new entity with a distinct

purpose and identity.

During this formative period, we embarked on the crucial task of defining

who we were, what we would stand for, how we would operate and

what kind of legacy we wished to leave in the communities whose very

existence is built on coal.

We aspired to cultivate an ethos that prioritises safety, inclusivity, social

responsibility and environmental care while simultaneously creating the

best possible working environment to attract and retain the talent we

need to advance our organisation and achieve our priorities.

Today, these reﬂections are transitioning into concrete actions and steady

results. During the year, we were once again certified as a top employer

and made further progress in transforming our workforce. We have also

deepened our focus on safety by making it a stand-alone pillar in the

business strategy and implemented further measures to strengthen our

safety controls and culture.

We identified four socio-economic impact goals, which arose from the

output of an impact assessment exercise we undertook. In this report, we

highlight some of the work we have done to achieve these goals.

We also contributed to improving community services through a variety

of Social and Labour Plan projects, while Thuthukani, our enterprise and

supplier development programme, marked its first full year in operation

by supporting the creation of 114 jobs with local suppliers.

Initiatives like these have a heightened significance in the context

of the gradual winding down of some of our older operations on

the Mpumalanga coalfields. It is imperative that we, together with

government and the industry at large, draw on the lessons learned both

in South Africa and around the world where mines have closed, leading

to the abandonment of towns and devastating economic decline.

While our Elders and Zibulo North Shaft projects will extend operations

in some areas, we are actively working towards economic diversification

and social transition in others where mining operations are coming to

a close. A vital part of this process involves fulfilling legal end-of-life

requirements in such a way that communities benefit from alternative

revenue streams.

I am pleased to introduce the Thungela 2023 Environmental, Social and

#### Governance Report and am proud of the actions we are taking and the progress

#### we have made on our sustainability-related material topics.

THERO SETILOANE

13

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Operating responsibly depends on building trusted relationships with

multiple stakeholders. We undertook a recent stakeholder perception

survey in which more than 100 stakeholders, representing host

communities, local and provincial government, regulators, traditional

authorities and non-governmental organisations, participated. The

outcomes of the survey reﬂect the strides we are making, with a

significant proportion of stakeholders rating us highly on transparency

and trust.

We are pleased that these attributes have also been highlighted in the

findings of the global ratings agencies that evaluated our management

of risk and performance from an ESG perspective. Apart from improving

our overall scores, our classification was deemed as ‘very high’ in the

areas of transparency and data availability.

As custodians of finite resources and stewards of the communities in

which we operate, we must ensure that every action we take is guided

by a steadfast commitment to transparency, accountability, and the

long-term wellbeing of all stakeholders involved. It is in this spirit that

we introduce our progress in this, our third Environmental, Social and

Governance Report.

Thank you for joining us on this journey towards a more sustainable

andequitable future.

Thero Setiloane

Chairman of the social, ethics and transformation committee

24April 2024

It is undeniable that the coal industry is inherently associated with

significant risks; therefore, the efficacy with which companies manage

these challenges is of paramount importance.

In this regard, S&P’s ESG risk rating has shown our organisation to

be an industry leader. This recognition underscores our unwavering

commitment to robust risk management practices and the worth of our

dedication to maintaining exemplary standards of ESG responsibility

amid the complexities inherent to the coal sector.

Governance and ethical leadership are vital pillars within a sector that

arguably bears a heightened obligation to exemplify its dedication to

responsible business practices and transparent disclosure.

14

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Chief executive officer’s review

It gives me great pleasure to share our 2023 Environmental, Social

and Governance Report. This report, provides an overview of

our approach to our most material sustainability matters and our

related performance over the last year.

#### Safety is our first value

Safety has been elevated as a stand-alone pillar in our business

strategy as we remain unconditional and single-minded about

being a fatality-free business.

As previously reported, our colleague Breeze Mahlangu tragically

passed away in February 2023 following complications after an

accident in December 2022. Our thoughts are with his family,

colleagues, and friends. While our overall total recordable case

frequency rate is consistent with last year at 1.40 (2022: 1.41), the

loss of a colleague is one loss too many. We remain committed to

operating a business free from fatalities and injuries.

We therefore continue to strengthen our safety controls and

culture. We have instituted a range of measures from the executive

level to the front-line to ensure that we live up to the promise that

everyone goes home safely every day. Among these efforts is

continued concentration on our three safety pillars, the integration

of standardised safety metrics and behaviours into employee

performance contracts and an enhanced focus on critical controls.

#### Robust coal fundamentals

After the turbulence of 2022, energy markets largely stabilised in 2023

with energy prices trending lower. The outlook for coal demand for

the next two to five years remains firm, with many developing nations,

particularly in South Asia, still using coal as a primary fuel source.

Global coal investment in 2023 surpassed 2022’s levels. In most parts

of the world, the majority of investment went towards maintaining

existing operations and brownfields developments, while energy security

concerns and power shortages in India and China have led to the

development of new mines and the expansion of existing operations.

Electricity generation from coal also reached an all-time high in 2023,

up 1% from the same period in 2022. While investment in new coal-fired

generation capacity has slowed in recent years, it nonetheless continues

in order to meet global power needs.

#### Putting our purpose first, we continue to responsibly create

#### value together for a shared future.

JULY NDLOVU

15

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### A just, orderly and equitable transition

We are acutely aware that addressing climate change has never

been as critical as it is today. The extreme weather events and record

temperatures of 2023 are testament to this. We believe that there is no

silver bullet to achieving the goals of the Paris Agreement and that coal

has a significant role to play in the low-carbon transition.

The growth of solar photovoltaics (PV) in recent years has been

impressive, accounting for 12% of global energy generation in 2022

and is set to rise to 30% by 2030. However, renewable power alone

will not solve our global energy challenges due to its low average load

factors and intermittency of output. Combined with the sheer volume of

raw materials and critical minerals needed to manufacture solar and

wind capacity, coal currently generates over 60% of the electricity used

in global solar PV manufacturing. Coal also plays an essential role in

supporting renewable energy sources by ensuring grid stability and

continuous power supply, which is vital for preventing power outages

particularly given the intermittent nature of renewable energy.

This is not a coal versus renewables debate. Choosing one fuel over

the other is not feasible nor is it realistic. If we are to be successful in

our transition to clean energy, and deliver an energy system that is

affordable, reliable and sustainable, we need to use all fuels and all

technologies available to us.

We are supportive of the COP28 call for a “just, orderly and equitable”

transition with accelerated efforts towards the phase-down of unabated

coal power.

China, India and Japan sent a clear message at COP28 that abated

coal and a wide range of decarbonisation technologies will play a vital

role in powering their economies, underwriting energy security and

supporting emissions reduction. Established technologies such as carbon

capture and storage (CCS), ammonia, and sustainable biomass have the

potential to significantly reduce CO

2

emissions from fossil fuels without

compromising the security, ﬂexibility, and affordability of electricity

supply.

According to the Global Carbon Capture and Storage Institute, the

capture capacity of projects in the pipeline has risen by 48% to

350 million tonnes since 2022. While the technology is gaining

momentum, it is still short of the 100-fold increase needed by 2050. To

achieve the scale needed will require supportive policy, private sector

involvement, and financing.

#### Progress against our carbon emission

#### targets

Last year we committed to reducing our scope 1 and 2 emissions by

30% by 2030 (from a 2021 baseline), and to net zero by 2050.

Weare pleased to report an 11% reduction from our 2021 baseline

of 819 kt CO

2

e to 729 kt CO

2

e last year. We have also seen an 11%

decrease in our carbon intensity and a 5% drop in energy intensity.

Due to the nature of our business, we do not anticipate our annual

emissions reductions will necessarily progress in a linear fashion.

Our2030 target is dependent on the closure of several of our mines

as they reach the end of their economic lives, the implementation of

aminimum of 19 MW of renewable energy and a continued focus

onenergy efficiency.

#### Creating value for a shared future

We continue to be intentional about spiking in the social element of ESG

and leaving a positive legacy for the communities in the areas in which

we operate.

We will distribute an additional R156 million to the Sisonke Employee

Empowerment Scheme and the Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

related to 2023 performance, bringing our total contributions since

listing to R1.5 billion. This ensures that our employees and host

communities share in the value we create.

We want to differentiate ourselves by investing in projects that make

a positive impact in the lives of people living in host communities.

Every project we invest in should contribute to the achievement of four

impact goals that were identified through a detailed impact assessment

in the regions where we operate. These are: improving access to

quality education and skills development, improving access to income

generation opportunities, improving the quality of community services,

and reducing communities’ and suppliers’ reliance on mines.

An area in which we are demonstrating measurable impact is enterprise

and supplier development. Through our Thuthukani programme, we

offer local entrepreneurs business skills training, mentorship and support,

technical enablement and loan funding at preferential rates. The

programme has 12 supplier development graduates and 33 enterprise

development graduates. Loan finance for contracted suppliers during

theperiod under review, resulted in the creation of 114 additionaljobs.

#### Environmental stewardship

The remediation of the impacts of the 2022 incident at Kromdraai is

progressing well. The most recent biomonitoring report shows excellent

habitat and macroinvertebrate results, while fish populations are taking

longer to recover. To accelerate this process, in 2023 we established a

state-of-the-art fish breeding facility at the Loskop Dam Nature Reserve

which is operated by members of the Mpumalanga Tourism and Parks

Agency. The aim is to breed and release fish until biomonitoring results

indicate that fish varieties and abundance have returned to pre-incident

levels. In addition to this, we have constructed a 5 ML/day reverse

osmosis treatment plant at Kromdraai to treat mine impacted water

pumped from underground workings to prevent any further incidents.

We are pleased to report that we achieved our 2023 water targets

to reduce our consumption of freshwater and potable water from the

eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant by 20% from a 2015 baseline.

Freshwater abstraction was 64% lower and potable water abstraction

from EWRP was 45% lower than the baseline.

We are actively pursuing nature-based solutions to water treatment

and have had promising results from our demonstration-scale passive

treatment plant. We also opened a nursery that will propagate a million

trees for phytoremediation which is a key part of our water management

strategy.

EcoElementum air quality monitoring units have been rolled out to all

operations, providing real-time data that allows for faster response times

to dust and particulate matter alerts. An extensive review of our waste

inventories was also undertaken during the year, and we embarked on a

clean-up campaign at operations to improve their housekeeping.

We take an integrated approach to mine closure that addresses not only

the biophysical aspects but also the social. Our vision is to collaborate

with host communities to establish regenerative landscapes that create

sustainable livelihoods.

16

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Last year, our direct spend with host community enterprises was

21% of our total procurement spend. In addition, local employment,

procurement, and social investment, are requirements in the contracts

we award to original equipment manufacturers and major suppliers and

service providers. We thank them for their contributions in 2023 and look

forward to working with them to create more shared value in the future.

We delivered on various Social and Labour Plan (SLP) projects that

improved the community’s access to quality services that will benefit

community members for many years to come. As we review our SLP

commitments for the next five-year periods, we are ensuring that the

projects we identify will also contribute to community resilience in the

face of climate change impacts.

The lifeblood of communities where we operate are coal mining, steel

production and coal-fired power generation. This renders them heavily

dependent on these sectors and their value chains for their livelihoods.

They are particularly vulnerable to the transition away from fossil fuels

as the world moves towards a low-carbon future. More pressing, is

that many of the mines and power stations in the region are nearing

the end of their economic lives. To further improve the capacity of host

communities to adapt to these changes, we are taking an integrated

approach to planning for mine closure, which includes social transition.

Our vision is to collaborate with host communities to establish

regenerative landscapes that create sustainable livelihoods.

During the year, our total investment in community projects amounted

toR126 million.

#### Our people

We depend on the contribution of agile, highly motivated individuals

and teams who are equipped with the knowledge, skills and insights

needed to excel in an ever-changing business landscape. We are proud

to have been recognised for a second consecutive year in the global Top

Employers programme.

We promote a workplace environment where every colleague is

valued and respected for who they are, regardless of race, gender,

sexual orientation, age, religion or disability. Our policy and five-year

inclusion and diversity strategy reﬂects our commitment not just to legal

compliance, but to building a work environment where all individuals are

culturally and socially included, accepted and treated equally.

The percentage of historically disadvantaged people in senior

management increased from 60% in 2022 to 65% for the year under

review, while the representation of women in senior management

improved to 34% from 30% in 2022.

#### Governance

We are committed to applying sound governance principles, as guided

by the King IV and adhering to the highest ethical standards as we

manage our business and its affairs responsibly, with integrity, diligence

and fairness. Theboard is responsible for ensuring that these principles

are effectively practised throughout the business.

The board committees were restructured in 2023, splitting the

remuneration and nomination committee into two separate committees:

the remuneration and human resources committee, and the nomination

and governance committee. The social and ethics committee is now

known as the social, ethics and transformation committee, while the risk

and sustainability committee is now referred to as the health, safety,

environment and risk committee. In addition, a new investment committee

was also introduced.

#### Investing in our future

We have always expressed our confidence in the future of coal and

ourintention to create a business that will deliver value for the long term.

We continued to make good progress on our Elders and Zibulo North

Shaft projects in South Africa. Both are on track and on budget, with

Elders having delivered first coal in early 2024. The successful execution

of these projects builds momentum for a more competitive, longer-life

portfolio.

Geographic diversification is one of our strategic pillars, and the

acquisition of Ensham last year is an important milestone on this

pathway. This diversification builds our resilience to risk while giving us

access to Japanese and other Asian markets where demand for thermal

coal remains strong.

The transaction included some important ESG considerations. For

instance, as Ensham is already a working mine, we are able to extend

the life of our business without creating new global carbon units.

#### In conclusion

We continue to be purposeful in driving our ESG aspirations. This ensures

an unwavering focus on safety, respecting human rights, using our

resources responsibly, lowering our emissions, investing in our people,

and creating a positive legacy for host communities long after the last

tonne of coal has been mined.

I invite you to read about our progress and, as always, welcome your

feedback.

July Ndlovu

Chief executive officer

24April 2024

17

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Approach to ESG

The pillar at the heart of our business strategy

is ‘driving our ESG aspirations’. While the

world continues to use coal, it is crucial that the

producers of this fossil fuel do so responsibly.

ESG imperatives inform the way we operate,

both at our existing operations and any

new projects or initiatives we consider.Our

ESG priorities are identified based on their

materiality to our sector and the needs and

expectations of shareholders, employees,

communities and other key stakeholders. They

are environmental stewardship, shared value

for our stakeholders and, finally, responsible

decision-making and leadership.

Our ESG priorities are underpinned by our

values, code of conduct, strong management

systems, committed and engaged leadership,

and a dedication to effective and transparent

stakeholder engagement.

While we are committed to upholding superior

standards across the entire ESG spectrum,

we place special significance on maximising

our impact within the social sphere. We refer

to this as ‘spiking on social’. Three years after

listing as a new company, our impact on

coal mining communities and South Africa is

already significant. This is achieved through

the generation of substantial employment

opportunities, our contribution to tax and

royalties, the earning of foreign currency,

and the delivery of essential community

services. Through initiatives such as the Sisonke

Employee Empowerment Scheme and the

Nkulo Community Partnership Trust, employees

and host communities are shareholders in our

business and benefit from its success.

#### A continued role for coal

Global coal investment in 2023 surpassed 2022’s levels, driven by

demand in China and India. Most of this investment went towards

maintaining existing operations and brownfields developments, while

in India and China, energy security concerns and power shortages

have led to the development of new mines and the expansion of

existing operations. Although investment in new coal-fired generation

capacity has slowed in recent years, it continues nonetheless

1

.

The International Energy Agency’s (IEA) stated energy policy

scenario (STEPS) sees the demand for all fossil fuels, including coal,

peaking before 2030. Despite this, electricity generation from coal

reached an all-time high in 2023, up 1% from the same period in

2022. Unfortunately, 2023 also saw the number of people without

access to electricity increase to 760 million. This increase is the first

indecades

1

.

Investment in variable renewable energy (VRE) deployment has

increased significantly, accounting for 12% of global generation

in 2022 and set to rise to 30% by 2030. This puts power system

ﬂexibility at the centre of electricity security. There is growing

recognition of the role of ﬂexible, dispatchable, thermal energy such

as abated coal in stabilising electricity systems where high loads

of VRE exist. The clean energy transition must be orderly, just and

equitable to minimise the impact on energy security and the most

vulnerable people in society.

A wider ESG lens is required when considering the socio-economic

implications, timing and pace of the transition to a low-carbon future.

SUPPORTED BY

•  Robust management systems

•  Open and engaged leadership

•  Values and code of conduct

•  Effective and transparent stakeholder engagement

We minimise our

impact on the

environment and

operate to achieve

sustainable outcomes

Environmental

stewardship

Shared value

for our

stakeholders

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

Efficient use of resources

Climate risk management

Land stewardship and biodiversity

Safety, health and wellbeing

Inclusion and empowerment

Community partnerships

Integrated risk management

Governance and disclosure

Ethical behaviour

We empower our

workforce and work

with our stakeholders

to deliver shared

value safely

We embrace strong

corporate governance

principles to manage

risk and build trust

1

IEA (2023), World Energy Outlook 2023, IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/reports/world-energy-outlook-2023, Licence: CC BY 4.0 (report); CC BY NC SA 4.0 (Annex A)

18

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### We minimise our impact on the natural

#### environment and operate to achieve

#### sustainable outcomes.

We proactively measure, understand and manage our

climate-related risks and opportunities.

Recognising that the most significant and enduring global

impact of coal is climate change, we understand that this

is a critical issue for our business and are committed to

contributing to achieving the goals of the Paris Agreement.

Our first step toward achieving net zero involves a 30%

reduction in scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions

by 2030, based on our 2021 emissions baseline.

Given the need to remain within the global carbon budget

to 2050, and the likely continued use of fossil fuels in

regions such as India and China, it is critical that all emission

abatement technologies, including those associated with

coal, receive equitable support. As such, we are affiliated

with the Coal Industry Advisory Board and the Future Coal

Alliance which facilitate research into emission abatement

technologies.

We are committed to transparent, regular disclosure

concerning climate risks and published our first climate

change report in 2022.

Climate risk management

We commit to no net loss of biodiversity

and to closing our mines responsibly. This

means enabling sustainable future land use in

collaboration with surrounding communities

and managing residual environmental impacts,

especially those related to water.

Our successful wetland restoration and

phytoremediation projects are nature-based

solutions to addressing mine-impacted water and

addressing our residual impacts. We continue

to treat mine water to potable standards at our

eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant for use by

local communities. We have also implemented

a regional biodiversity management plan to

achieve our target of no net loss.

Our closure liabilities are fully funded and

meet legal requirements. We have closure

and rehabilitation plans in place for all our

sites. These are aligned with the International

Council on Mining and Metals’ (ICMM) good

practice around integrated closure.

Land stewardship and biodiversity

Shared value

for our

stakeholders

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

Efficient use of resources

Land stewardship and biodiversity

#### Environmental stewardship

We prioritise the efficient use of natural resources such as

energy and water, reducing waste and minimising our impact

on air quality.

Water stewardship is a key focus area because we operate in

a water-scarce region. Our targets are to achieve a minimum

water efficiency (reuse and recycling) rate of 75%, to reduce

our abstraction of fresh water by 2.5% annually, and to treat at

least 40% of our water. We are also investigating and piloting

a variety of nature-based water treatment solutions that will

diminish the potential for environmental harm and reduce our

long-term water liabilities.

Our goal is to reduce the waste we send to landfill by 50% by

2030, from a 2021 baseline, by leveraging opportunities to

reduce, reuse, and recycle through circular economy projects

that benefit the environment and host communities.

We aim to reduce our energy consumption by improving our

energy intensity annually relative to the previous year, by

implementing energy efficiency projects at our operations.

We also commit to reducing our impact on ambient air

quality using industry-leading standards and the best

available technologies.

Efficient use of resources

Climate risk management

19

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Shared value for

#### our stakeholders

#### We empower our

#### workforce and work with

#### our stakeholders to deliver

#### shared value, safely.

Safety, health and wellbeing

Inclusion and empowerment

Community partnerships

Environmental

stewardship

We are committed to providing a safe and healthy working

environment for our people and to mitigating any negative impacts

wemay have on local communities.

Safety is our first value and is now a stand-alone pillar of our company

strategy. We believe that one injury is one too many and are intensely

focused on eliminating incidents that cause loss of life and life-altering

injury

. We aim to be a fatality-free business while preventing or

avoiding injury and occupational disease. Our safety strategy is

founded on three pillars: getting the basics right, work management

and culture change.

Risk identification and management, learning from incidents and

deploying appropriate controls to ensure the safety and health of our

employees and contractors is pivotal.

Our leading HIV prevention and treatment programme is aligned

with the Joint United Nation’s Programme on HIV/AIDS’ (UNAIDS)

recently adjusted 95-95-95 goals for testing, treatment and viral

suppression. We also run a comprehensive internal wellness

programme that focuses on the whole self rather than just the

physical elements of employee wellbeing. While physical health

remains a priority, it is accompanied by adequate levels of mental,

psychosocial and financial wellbeing for employees to fully engage

themselves in safe, productive work.

Safety, health and wellbeing

We promote a workplace environment where every

colleague is valued and respected for who they

are, regardless of race, gender, sexual orientation,

age, religion or disability.

We provide equal opportunities to promote

diversity and transformation and support the right to

equal pay for equal work. We are also committed

to maintaining a fair workplace free from any form

of discrimination.

Our business depends on the contribution of agile,

highly motivated individuals and teams who are

equipped with the knowledge, skills and insights

needed to excel in an ever-changing business

landscape. Therefore, learning and development

play a crucial role in our people strategy as they

contribute to the overall efficiency, safety and

sustainability of our operations.

Furthermore, we are creating an enduring

positive legacy for employees through the

Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme,

giving them a direct stake in Thungela’s

futuresuccess.

Inclusion and empowerment

Our aim is to promote strong relationships with the communities

that surround our operations through regular engagements on

issues that affect them. Our operations participate in community

engagement forums, the local economic development and

integrated development planning forums of the municipalities

where we operate. Through such engagements, we identify

priority needs so that we can deliver meaningful projects that

achieve measurable improvements in the quality of life of people

living in host communities.

Our social policy outlines how social requirements should

be managed, while the social toolkit provides guidance to

practically implement and fulfil them. The toolkit details processes

to follow to meaningfully engage with stakeholders, identify

partnerships and co-create fit-for-purpose socio-economic

development programmes.

An in-depth needs assessment resulted in our identification

of four impact goals, namely: to improve access to quality

education and skills development, improve the quality of

community services, improve access to income generation

opportunities and reduce communities’ and suppliers’ reliance

on mining. Projects that address these priorities are executed

through the delivery of each mine’s SLP, targeted corporate social

investment and the implementation of strategic programmes.

These include Thuthukani, our enterprise and supplier

development programme, which supported 12 suppliers,

222enterprise development beneficiaries and 50 businesses

that were provided with technical enablement in 2023.

As part of our efforts to improve community partnerships

andto share the value we create in line with our purpose, we

founded the Nkulo Community Partnership Trust. Nkulo Trust has

received a annual entitlement of R6 million since it was founded

in 2021, the total contribution received is atR741million.

Ofthat, contributions related to 2023performance are

almostR156 million.

Community partnerships

Responsible decision-

making and leadership

20

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Sound corporate governance and transparent

reporting foster accountability and build trust with

our stakeholders.

Our ESG report captures our approach,

performance and targets across our most material

sustainability topics. We published our inaugural

climate change report in 2023 and continue to

work on aligning our reporting with the appropriate

frameworks and standards, including the principles

and recommendations of the King IV Report on

Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016

(King IV), the International Finance Corporation’s

performance standards, the United Nations (UN)

Global Compact sustainability principles, the

International Sustainability Standards Board

(ISSB)’s International Financial Reportings

Standards (IFRS) S1 and S2 and the

International Council on Mining and Metals

(ICMM) principles of good practice.

Integrated risk management

Governance and disclosure

Ethical behaviour

Governance and disclosure

#### Responsible

#### decision-making

#### andleadership

#### We embrace strong

#### corporate governance

#### principles to manage riskand build trust.

Environmental

stewardship

Shared value

for our

stakeholders

We operate our business ethically, adhering

to the highest standards of corporate

governance and have a zero-tolerance

approach to corruption.

Human rights considerations are woven into

our values, code of conduct, and the policies

and procedures that guide the effective and

ethical operation of our business, including

our human rights policy.

Our commitment aligns with the rigorous

corporate governance principles set out

in King IV, emphasising ethical conduct,

robust governance practices, integrated risk

management and transparent disclosure.

Our comprehensive approach includes

implementing policies to safeguard

whistleblowers, promote tax transparency

and prevent anti-competitive practices.

With a dedicated and diverse management

team, bolstered by an experienced and

independent board, we prioritise

transparency in executive remuneration

with clear ties to ESG performance.

Ethical behaviour

We proactively and regularly identify,

assess and develop strategies to address

risks and opportunities for the business.

We also have a compliance assurance

management system in place and

undertake regular internal and external

assurance to ascertain the effectiveness

of controls.

Our risk management system is guided

by international risk management

standards and frameworks, including

the International Organization for

Standardization’s (ISO) ISO 31000,

ISO14001, and ISO 45001 systems.

Integrated risk management

21

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Stakeholder

#### engagement

Stakeholder involvement and support

are critical to earning and maintaining

our social licence to mine. Engaging

our stakeholders is how we achieve

regulatory compliance, identify and

mitigate risks and, ultimately, secure

long-term success.

In 2023, we commissioned an independent perception survey to better

understand how stakeholders view our business. The intention was to

identify areas for attention and bring about continuous improvement in

our stakeholder engagement processes.

More than 100 stakeholders participated either telephonically, face-

to-face or via a digital questionnaire. These individuals represent

various stakeholder groups, including host communities, provincial and

local government, organised labour, regulators, traditional authorities,

members of the media andnon-governmental organisations (NGOs).

On an annual basis we conduct a stakeholder mapping exercise, where

we evaluate stakeholders and categorise them based on their interest

or inﬂuence on the business. This activity feeds into our materiality index

which is based on the issues that are most material to us.

22

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

The information below provides details of our key stakeholders,

#### their interests, and how we engage with them.

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

OUR PEOPLE

To ensure transparent, reciprocal engagement

with employees and contractors.

• Central National Union of Mineworkers (NUM),

National Union of Metalworkers of South Africa

(NUMSA) and management forums

• Various site forum meetings (for example: employment

equity, skills development, and women in mining forums)

• Town hall and virtual engagements

• ICAS employee assistance programme

• Bokomoso financial wellness programme

• ‘BeWell’ committees

• Supervisory toolbox talks (supervisor and employee

engagements)

• Employee engagement briefs

• Skills development

• Career development opportunities

forwomen

• Strategy for people with disabilities

• Inclusion and diversity

• Retrenchment and downscaling matters

• Employee health and safety

• Environmental issues and incidents

• Labour relations

• Physical and mental health programmes

• Wage negotiations

• Transformation deliverables

• Financial education

• Thungela code of conduct

LABOUR UNIONS

To ensure consistent application of an

adherence to company and site policies as

well as relevant legislation.

• NUM, NUMSA and management forums

• Various site forums

• Employee health and safety

• Labour relations

• Relationship-building

• Wage negotiations

• Transformation deliverables

• Conditions of employment

• Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme

COMMUNITIES

To ensure proactive, transparent, and

inclusive engagement with communities

and to ensure they are informed about

employment, procurement, and socio-

economic development opportunities. We

also engage to keep communities updated

about organisational changes and how to

access our grievance mechanisms.

•  Future forums

•  Community engagement forums

•  Radio and social media platforms

•  Website

•  Business forums

• Employment opportunities

• Socio-economic development

• Social and Labour Plans (SLPs)

• Management of complaints and

grievances

• Changes in the organisation

• Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

• Direct or indirect impacts affecting

communities (environmental, mine

planning, projects)

• Key projects, for example, mine life

extension (lifex) projects that may impact

communities

• Land claims and labour tenant issues

• Mine closure plans

• Access to business and procurement

opportunities

23

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

SHAREHOLDERS, INVESTMENT COMMUNITY

To ensure investors are fully appraised of

developments that could materially impact

their investment decisions. This is achieved

through equal and timeous disclosure.

• Stock Exchange News Service (SENS) announcements

through the Johannesburg Stock Exchange

• Regulatory News Service (RNS) announcements

through the London Stock Exchange

• Results presentations

• Annual reports

• Investor meetings (buy-side)

• Analyst engagements (sell-side)

• Annual general meeting

•  Shareholder returns

•  Dividend policy

•  Capital allocation framework

•  Acquisition of the Ensham Business

•  Progress on Elders and Zibulo North

Shaft projects

•  Transnet Freight Rail (TFR) performance

•  Thermal coal market dynamics

•  Climate change and related disclosures

(including pathway to net zero)

•  Update on environmental incidents

MEDIA

To inform the public about topics and issues

related to our business through factual

and accurate news stories and to inform

stakeholders of business developments and

performance. We also aim to build brand

awareness.

• Results presentations

• Media releases

• Reactive statements

• Interviews

• Website

• Advertorials

• Annual reports

• Media events and site visits

• Regular media engagement

• Social media

• Thungela performance

• Thungela strategy

• TFR performance

• Acquisition of the Ensham business

• Mining rights and regulatory issues

• Markets and products

• Industry trends

• Corporate citizenship and community

involvement

• Decarbonisation and our pathway

tonetzero

• Lobbying activities and memberships

ofassociations

• Transformation

• Labour relations

• Kromdraai incident

• Illegal mining

GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORS

To ensure regulatory compliance, engage

on permit and license applications and

collaborate on industry initiatives and best

practices.

• Various engagement forums

• Compliance inspection site visits

• Compliance with safety and

healthregulations

• Compliance with environmental

regulations

• Compliance with labour-related

regulations

• Compliance with the Mineral and

Petroleum Resources Development

Act (MPRDA) and Broad Based Black

Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE)

Regulations

• Compliance with SLP regulations

• Environmental best practices and initiatives

• Environmental permits and licenses

• Timeframes for approval of mining

rightapplications, and competing

applications granted

24

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

INDUSTRY ASSOCIATIONS, ACADEMIA AND OTHER BODIES

To engage and contribute to policy

development and to enable technical

advancement and collaboration on

commonissues.

• Various subject-specific forums • Technical advancement and collaboration

on safety, occupational health and

environment initiatives

• National Environmental Management Act

Financial Provisioning Regulations

• Climate Change Bill and associated

regulations

• COP28

• Kromdraai incident

• Skills and market development

• Water management and collaboration

by mining houses to deal with catchment

water impacts

• Development of carbon capture and

storage projects and skills in South Africa

• Global energy security and grid stability

• Technology agnostic approach to the

transition to a low-carbon economy

• Coal abatement technologies

• Alternate coal uses

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATIONS AND CIVIL SOCIETY

To build relationships with developmental,

social and environmental NGOs to enable

partnerships that address social ills and

environmental impacts.

• Meetings

• Industry forums

• Resolving grievances related to mining

impacts

• Responsible energy transition

• Adequacy of closure provisions

• Climate change and the role of coal

• Biodiversity disclosures

• Lobbying activities and alignment

withindustry association positions

onclimate change

• Responsible environmental stewardship

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

LOCAL GOVERNMENT

To advance partnerships on socio-economic

development programmes, report on relevant

environmental regulations and to engage

on grievances raised through municipal

channels.

• Municipal local economic development and integrated

development planning forums (Steve Tshwete,

eMalahleni, Govan Mbeki and Victor Khanye local

municipalities)

• Partnership on socio-economic

development programmes (for example,

SLP projects and municipal capacity-

building)

• Community issues associated with

ourmines

• Grievances raised through municipal

channels

• Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

• Compliance with annual air quality

management reports and plans (National

Atmospheric Emissions Inventory System)

• Compliance with regulations on fire

prevention and ﬂammable liquids

andsubstances

• Compliance with municipal by-laws

related to waste, noise, blasting and

wastewater management

• Public participation on key projects related

to our mines

• Provision of water to the local municipality

• Collaboration on emergency

preparedness and response plans

25

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

SUPPLIERS

To optimise procurement opportunities

for small, medium and micro enterprises

(SMMEs), increase spend in host communities

and enhance supplier relationships.

• Supplier roadshows

• Business forums

• Individual supplier engagements

• Digital platforms for supplier engagements

• Advertise opportunities through existing market channels

• Enterprise and supplier development programmes

• Collaboration and engagement with original equipment

manufacturers on the provision of technical support

forSMMEs

• Social performance meetings with business forums

andfuture forums

• Building an agile, lean and effective

supply chain function through optimisation,

automation and digitalisation

• Reviewing the payment process to

enhance the supplier experience

• Creating a circular supply chain and

ensuring responsible sourcing

• Creating sustainable host community

businesses through enterprise and supplier

development (ESD) and job creation

targets

• Communicating our approach to inclusive

procurement, initiatives, progress and

successes to host communities

Stakeholder Objectives Engagement channel Key interests, concerns or expectations in 2023

BUSINESS PARTNERS AND CUSTOMERS

To ensure sustained and predictable logistical

services, securing route to market, business

continuity and effective export channels for

the delivery of a desired product.

• Various engagements

• Board meetings

• Operational committee meetings

• Technical forums

• Coal conferences

• Market development and

Thungelaresponse

• Security of supply

• Business continuity

• Supplier relationship management

• Logistics

26

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Material

#### matters

Our material matters are those which have the potential to

substantively affect our performance and our ability to create value

over the short, medium and long term. Identifying these matters

allows us to proactively manage risks and opportunities, ensuring our

strategy remains effective. This focus on materiality helps us navigate

the evolving landscape and achieve sustainable success.

These matters inform our business strategy and are identified during

amateriality determination process.

This process considers:

The external environment, including global

andlocalrisks and megatrends

A review and evaluation of feedback from

stakeholders such as investors, shareholder activists

andcommunities

An in-depth materiality workshop

with a broad spectrum of internal stakeholders to identify,

assess and prioritise material matters

The outcomes of these considerations

are reviewed by the Group executive committee, before

being discussed and approved by the board

SAFETY

Eliminating fatalities

Impact on value creation

• Every employee and contracting partner

going home safely every day is the

cornerstone of sustainable value creation

Link to

strategy

SAFETY

Our response

• Safety strategy built around three pillars:

–  work management

–  getting the basics right

–  culture change

RAIL INFRASTRUCTURE

Reliability of rail infrastructure (TFR)

Impact on value creation

• The performance of rail networks

operated by TFR materially affects our

ability to export coal to customers

Link to

strategy

MAXIMISE

the full potential of

our existingassets

CREATE

future

diversification

options

Our response

• Creation of additional stockpile capacity

• Utilisation of physical infrastructure

advantages (e.g. wider distribution

pattern and rapid load-out terminals)

• Curtailment of three underground sections

• Free-on-truck sales to manage stockpile

capacity

• Trucking of coal to nearby sidings

• Supporting TFR with security on the

railway line and procurement of spares

for locomotives through Richards Bay

Coal Terminal

• Geographic diversification

27

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

OPERATING RESPONSIBLY

Responsible mine closure and environmental provisions

Impact on value creation

• Environmental restoration and

rehabilitation costs

• Negative impact on environment

or communities living close

tooperations

• Higher-than-anticipated

closureliabilities

Link to

strategy

DRIVE

our ESG

aspirations

Our response

• Integrated approach to mine

closure planning

• Execution of concurrent

rehabilitation and closure plans

• Understanding the impact of

the National Environmental

Management Act (NEMA)

Financial Provisioning Regulations

• Cash collateralisation of

environmental liability over time

Environmental incidents

Impact on value creation

• Impact on reputation and trust

• Losses suffered due to operational

disruptions from illegal mining

andother criminalacts

Our response

• Adequate provision for

environmental liabilities

• Accelerated closure of high-risk

sites and illegal mining hotspots

• Collaboration with law

enforcement

• Learning from incidents

CREATING VALUE

Capital allocation and shareholder returns

Impact on value creation

• Long-term growth and profitability

Link to strategy

MAXIMISE

the full potential of our

existing assets

CREATE future

diversification options

OPTIMISE

capital allocation

Our response

• Reaffirming our commitment

to dividend policy and capital

allocation framework

• Maintaining adequate balance sheet

ﬂexibility, including an appropriate

liquidity buffer

• Reserving cash for the execution

ofkeylife extension projects

• Announcement of a share buyback

ofup to R500 million

Geographic diversification

Impact on value creation

•  Mitigation of infrastructure risk

inSouth Africa

Our response

•  Execution of Ensham acquisition

inQueensland, Australia

Market factors

Impact on value creation

•  Impact on earnings and cash ﬂow

Our response

•  Thungela Marketing International

has commenced with the marketing

functions of our South African and

Australian assets

SPIKING ON SOCIAL

Creating value for employees

Impact on value creation

• Improved talent attraction

andretention

Link to

strategy

DRIVE

our ESG

aspirations

Our response

• Sisonke Employee Empowerment

Scheme

• Recognised as a “Top Employer

in South Africa” showcases our

dedicated people practices through

our employee value proposition

Creating value for communities

Impact on value creation

• Positive impact on the lives of

communities neighbouring our

operations through education,

infrastructure for community benefit,

job creation, local procurement,

enterprise and supplier development

(ESD)

• Structured community engagement

platforms to mitigate potential

community unrest and manage

negative impacts

Our response

• Communities are shareholders in

our business through the Nkulo

Community Partnership Trust

• Preferential local procurement

• ESD through Thuthukani

• Implementation of community

projects as part of Social and

Labour Plans (SLPs) and corporate

social investment (CSI)

• Regular community engagements

28

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

CAPITAL PROJECTS

Successful execution of Elders and Zibulo North

Shaftprojects

Impact on value creation

• Extend LOM and

competitiveness of

Thungela’s portfolio in

SouthAfrica

Link to strategy

MAXIMISE

the full potential of

our existing assets

Our response

• Reserving cash required

to fund execution of

theseprojects

• Maximising value from

existing assets by executing

on the Elders and Zibulo

North Shaft projects

ENSHAM

Successful integration and ramp-up of Ensham

Impact on value creation

• Cash generation from

anasset not reliant on

SouthAfrican infrastructure

• Substantial increase in

resource base

• Access to new markets

Link to strategy

CREATE

diversification options

Our response

• Successful completion

ofthetransaction

• Good progress on delivery

of integration roadmap

CLIMATE CHANGE

Operational GHG emission reduction (scope 1 and 2)

Impact on value creation

• Costs to meet intermediate

emission reduction target

Link to strategy

DRIVE

our ESG aspirations

Our response

• Reducing carbon intensity of

existing operations annually

• Improving ESG performance

Execution of pathway

to net zero

Impact on value creation

• Long-term demand

destruction

• Inability to access funding

or insurance

Our response

• Development of a detailed

climate strategy and

pathway to net zero

by2050

• Setting intermediate

emission reduction target

for 2030

• Increased ESG and

climate-related disclosures,

including the requirements

of the Task Force on

Climate-Related Financial

Disclosures requirements

29

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Materiality matrix

#### Material matters ranked by relevance for Thungela and its stakeholders

#### Thungela

#### Stakeholders

#### Higher

#### High

#### HigherHigh

1

2

4a

4b

4c

5a

5b

6

7

8a

8b

3a

3b

Key material theme Material matter

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Safety Eliminating fatalities

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Rail infrastructure Reliability of rail infrastructure (TFR)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Operating responsibly

a. Responsible mine closure and environmental provisions

b. Environmental incidents

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Creating value

a. Capital allocation

b. Geographic diversification

c. Market factors

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Spiking on social

a. Creating value for employees

b. Creating value for communities

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Capital projects Successful execution of Elders and Zibulo North Shaft Projects

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Ensham Successful integration and ramp-up of Ensham

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Climate change

a. Operational GHG emission reduction (scope 1 and 2)

b. Execution of pathway to net zero

30

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

## ENVIRONMENT

02

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

31

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

#### Environmental

#### management

For us, environmental stewardship means ensuring we use natural

resources efficiently and responsibly, adopting best practice ways

of minimising the industry’s inherent negative impacts, and carefully

restoring landscapes for sustainable use.

Key elements in our approach include resource use efficiency; the

protection of biodiversity, waste management, land stewardship

and restoration; water management, community engagement,

compliance with regulations; and the use of innovative technologies

that minimise our environmental footprint.

Governance

Each of our mines is governed by environmental permitting and licensing

conditions and commitments tied to the management of their impacts.

Adherence to these is paramount as failures to comply could jeopardise

our legal and social licence to operate. To ensure strict compliance,

sites undergo rigorous internal and third-party audits on an annual

basis. External audits are conducted by independent consultants and

regulatory bodies which assess compliance and pinpoint gaps to

inform the development and implementation of action plans by the sites

torectify shortcomings.

Audit findings and their action plans are documented on our integrated

SHE management platform and progress on remedial actions reported

to the SHE steering committee, executive committee and the relevant

regulatory authorities.

Our business’s long-term prosperity is closely intertwined with the health

ofsurrounding ecosystems and it is only by respecting and protecting these,

that we can achieve sustainable success.

Permits and licences

One of our most significant compliance-related business risks is the delay

commonly experienced in the approval of environmental authorisations

by the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy (DMRE) and the

Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS).

Approval is currently outstanding on three permits from the DMRE

andDWS,one of which is undergoing an appeals process and impacts

the issuing of another. Those relating to the execution of our Elders and

Zibulo North Shaft projects were issued prior to the board’s approval.

Members of our environmental department continually engage with

authorities to discuss pending applications. They also participate in

the Minerals Council South Africa’s environmental committee which

discusses and addresses generic permitting and licensing challenges.

The findings of the NEMA Regulation 34audits on all operations are

published on our website: https://www.thungela.com/sustainability/

environmental-compliance.

WE ARE GUIDED BY:

National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1998

Thungela ESG and SHE policies

The ISO 14001: 2015 management system standards

The ISO standards specifications and SHE ISO standards

toolkit

Technical standards and environmental management

andimprovement plans

Our safety, health and environmental (SHE) policy is founded on the following three pillars:

SIMPLE, NON-NEGOTIABLE

STANDARDS

Using simple, non-negotiable

environmental standards and

standards to achieve legal

compliance, as a minimum.

NO REPEATS

Learning from every

incident, audit finding

and non-conformance to

prevent repeats.

A ZERO HARM MINDSET

Eliminating, avoiding, minimising,

mitigating, remediating or

rehabilitating, and offsetting

impacts that arise from our

activities, products and services.

#### Management approach

Zero harm is a principle that applies not just in safety and employee

health, but also in the way we interact with the natural environment.

As a mining company, especially one that mines coal, we must strive

to surpass legal compliance and ensure that the benefits of our

activities outweigh the negative impacts.

Guided by the precautionary principle enshrined in the National

Environmental Management Act (NEMA), we consider both the

current and future impacts of our activities. Our mines are assured

against the International Standards Organization (ISO) standards.

32

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Looking ahead

In 2024, we will roll out the new

environmental inspection system that was

trialled at Isibonelo and Mafube to all

operations to improve the identification,

recording and actioning of environmental

HPHs as an additional module in our

SHE management system, Enablon. We

will also benchmark ourselves against

peers and other industries to identify

areas for improvement, particularly in

water and waste management.

Many of our operations are due to renew

their integrated water use licenses and

we will engage with the DWS on a case-

by-case basis to de-risk the process.

We will also undertake a robust process

to review and integrate Ensham’s

environmental key performance

indicators and their underlying definitions

and assumptions to allow for greater

transparency in reporting and inclusion in

our full-year 2024 reports.

Non-compliance or stoppages

In 2023, we received two notices of intention to issue a directive from the DMRE – one

for a finding noted during a compliance audit undertaken by the DMRE at Khwezela,

and another that relates to our closure trust fund. The latter was issued to numerous

mining companies.

2

#### Level 3 to 5

#### incidents

2022: 2

#### Performance

In 2023, 404 environmental incidents

(cumulative total) were recorded

compared with 455 in 2022. This is

largely due to the fact that concerns

raised during inspections were

historically categorised as ‘incidents’

when they were in fact items that needed

to be rectified to prevent an incident

from occurring. For example, a pollution

control dam exceeding the 0.8 metre

freeboard requirement was logged as

an incident, when an incident had not

actually occurred. Inspection findings

are now categorised as ‘environmental

high-potential hazards’ (HPHs), with the

system being trialled at Isibonelo and

Mafube in 2023.

Of the total incidents recorded in 2023,

two were classified as level 3s and

occurred as a result of the uncontrolled

release of water from the Schoongezicht

pollution control dam at Khwezela. No

level 4 or 5 incidents occurred in 2023.

Details on these incidents can be found

on page 51.

The majority of level 1 and 2 incidents

were attributed to oil and coal spills in

storage yards and workshops, silt and

silt trap-related incidents, and general

housekeeping such asoverﬂowing bins.

The results of a deep dive into oil

management at our operations was

presented to the SHE steering committee

along with actions to improve performance

in this area. These include regular

inspections and the maintenance of oil

traps, training for people who work with

hydrocarbons, and the implementation of

oil recovery and recycling initiatives with

local small, medium and micro enterprises

(SMMEs).

Operations have also devised a number

of actions to prevent overﬂows of

mine-impacted water. These include

the improvement of water management

such as technical improvements in

water containment structures such as the

installation of increased pumping capacity,

the recalibration of ﬂowmeters and the

installation of additional underground

and surface monitoring systems that are

linked to a dashboard with trigger action

response plans.

404

Total number of

#### environmental

#### incidents

2022: 455

33

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### KROMDRAAI INCIDENT RESPONSE

An enormous collaborative effort has resulted in the

reintroduction of indigenous fish to the Olifants-Wilge River

catchment, which was severely affected by the level 4

environmental incident that occurred in February 2022.

The uncontrolled release of mine-impacted water into the river

system occurred when the concrete seal on a shaft that ceased

operating in the 1960s failed at our closing Kromdraai mine.

The infiltration of the site by large-scale illegal mining activity,

coupled with the theft of critical infrastructure specifically

designed to prevent such an incident, were two of the factors

that led to the disaster. Despite this, we took full accountability

for the incident and publicly stated our commitment to

‘dowhatis right’.

Internal and external stakeholders worked together to contain

the event’s most significant impacts. We also engaged with

all relevant and affected regulatory authorities, farmers,

residents and businesses located downstream of the mine. The

crisis highlighted the need to develop an externally focused

integrated emergency response plan, setting out all the

procedures to be followed in the event of such an emergency.

More on this can be found

on page 100.

From the outset, there was a coordinated and committed effort

from partners including the DWS, the Mpumalanga Tourism

and Parks Agency (MTPA), the DMRE, our own team of

environmental specialists, and some of the country’s foremost

aquatic scientists, to mitigate the harm caused.

The Biodiversity Company was contracted to provide monitoring

and advisory services in the event’s immediate aftermath and

in the ensuing 24 months, while a steering committee made

up of members of the MTPA, aquatic scientists and our own

specialists, are responsible for overseeing the interpretation

ofdata and reviewing and approving rehabilitative actions.

#### Capital spend

Construction of nursery

#### R40.1 million

Dewatering boreholes and

active treatment plant

#### R380 million

Dongalocks

©

#### R20 million

Loskop fish breeding

facility capital investment

#### R1.8 million

Passive water

treatment plant

#### R18 million

Wetlands

#### R80 million

Addressing the challenges

of illegal mining excess of

#### R500 million

The Kromdraai

phytoremediation project

#### R4 million

Investment

#### R1.5 million

Monitoring

#### R1.5 million

Restoration efforts have, to date, cost Thungela approximatelyR1 billion.

34

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### River restoration

Third-party monitoring at various points along the catchment during high- and low-ﬂow conditions revealed relatively

early on that water qualities had returned to pre-incident levels, either having improved or maintained their ecological

classification or ecostatus. This was ascertained through the measurement of biophysical attributes and by comparing

them to natural or close to natural reference conditions.

#### The state-of-the-art fish breeding facility had a capital investment of R1.8 million to construct, with an additional

#### R1.5million spent on the monitoring and related activities.

See page 62 and 63 to read about two projects

we undertook with the MTPA in 2023.

While sampling indicated the strong resurgence of macroinvertebrates

and confirmed the presence of a highly diverse in-stream habitat, the

indigenous fish population was found to be slower to recover.

This led to the establishment of a state-of-the-art fish breeding facility

that will reintroduce16 native varieties to the ecosystem. A partnership

between our own business and the MTPA, the facility it is situated at the

Mabula Ground Hornbill Breeding Project at the Loskop Dam Nature

Reserve. It serves a dual purpose of bolstering native biodiversity

conservation, enhancing public awareness, and supporting the

propagation of vulnerable species never before bred in captivity.

Constructed by Thungela and operated by members of the MTPA, the

facility will produce sufficient stocks of fish to replenish those lost to the

catchment and will go on to increase biodiversity in similarly affected

catchments areas around the country. Species to be bred include

stargazer mountain catfish, chubby head barb, redbreast and banded

tilapia, and several types of yellowfish. Hundreds of fingerlings were

released on the incident’s two-year anniversary.

The fully automated system can be monitored remotely and

ispoweredby solar energy. The facility supplies back-up power

totheMabula Ground-Hornbill Project and nearby breeding centre

forblack-footed cat.

Our relationship with the MTPA has strengthened considerably.

Equipped with a temperature and humidity-controlled room for

precise monitoring and maintenance of ideal conditions, the facility

houses 27 glass aquaria of various sizes and six bio-filters, each with

individual temperature controls and filtration systems. External aquaria

accommodate larger species ready for reintroduction into their natural

habitats. The setup includes three tanks equipped with comprehensive

support systems capable of sustaining up to 700 kg of fish.

35

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

We have made significant progress in

achieving milestones that are critical

to the overall rehabilitation process.

These include:

• Accelerated rehabilitation at Kromdraai which was

mined via both underground and opencast methods

for more than a century. This process has reached

90% completion in critical areas and reduces the

ingress of water by increasing run-off.

• Upgraded a liming plant critical for neutralising

acidic water after it was vandalised.

• Commissioned and installed boreholes to dewater

underground workings.

• Commissioned a new 5 ML per day reverse

osmosis facility in November 2023. Water is

treated to acceptable quality and released into

the environment to reduce pressure on the severely

constrained catchment. This water also serves to

dilute pollutants in the river system. A second phase

will increase its capacity to a daily 8 ML.

• Planted 26,000 trees in the area as part of our

phytoremediation project to manage water levels

inunderground compartments.

• Installed Dongalock technology as a passive

treatment method to address diffuse mine-impacted

water. This will createartificial wetlands at the

Dixon dam area of Kromdraai.

• Commissioned a fish breeding facility.

Actions taken in 2023:

#### Mitigation measures

Several actions were taken immediately to prevent the recurrence

of such an event. One of these is the establishment of a dedicated

closing collieries, care and maintenance unit which brings about a

more focused, integrated and efficient approach to the rehabilitation

of closing sites.

Swift rehabilitation makes mining areas less vulnerable to the

infiltration of illegal syndicates that operate on a significant scale.

Often heavily armed and dangerous, evicting perpetrators is

challenging and, in the case of Kromdraai, could only be achieved

through a carefully executed sting operation led by the Hawks.

This is an elite crime-fighting unit responsible for investigating and

combatting organised crime, corruption and other serious offences.

Acriminal case against the suspects who were arrested at Kromdraai,

and their accomplices, is currently under way.

Closed sites are continually monitored through various forms of

surveillance. We have also strengthened our partnership with the

South African Police Service and its national intervention unit on

illegal mining, which has been extremely responsive in deploying

teams to extinguish potential ﬂare ups of unlawful activity. In addition,

our business is a participant in a joint forum established by the DMRE

and industry to address organised crime in the mining sector.

36

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Air quality

• The application of chemical dust suppressants on haul roads and daily water suppression

onunpaved roads

• Water sprayers along conveyors and at crushing, tipping and loading facilities

• The management of spontaneous combustion using water sprayers and by cladding burning areas.

• Hydroseeding overburden stockpiles using a binder

• The vegetation or re-vegetation of topsoil stockpiles and rehabilitated mineral residue deposits

• The optimisation of blast designs and a no-blasting rule in high-wind conditions.

We aim to limit our contribution to the region’s air quality challenges by both modelling and monitoring

air quality conditions and implementing pre-emptive mitigation measures and critical controls.

Our operations are situated in an area classified as a

hotspot for air pollution due to the presence of a large

number of industrial and anthropogenic activities. These

include steel and ferrochrome production, power generation

and dust-producing activities such as coal mining.

Dust mitigation controls include:

#### Our approach

During the year, our sites updated their air quality

management plans, a process that must be

undertaken every three years.

This is done using atmospheric dispersion modelling,

a methodology that employs mathematical

simulations to predict the dispersion of pollutants from

various sources. The outputs ensure that monitoring

stations are placed in the most appropriate positions

so that the necessary management measures can be

pre-emptively applied.

We actively monitor both dust fallout and particulate

matter (PM) with a diameter of less than 10 and

2.5micrometres. We rolled out ElementAir technology,

developed by Isibonelo and environmental

engineering consultancy EcoElementum, to all our sites.

This PM2.5-certified dust monitoring system provides

a live feed of priority pollutants and measures wind

direction, wind speed, temperature, humidity and

barometric pressure, all of which help to pinpoint dust

sources. Alerts are sent to operational managers so

that issues can be promptly dealt with.

STANDARDS AND LEGISLATION:

National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act 39 of 2004

Air quality management standard

South African National Air Quality Standard

Air quality management plans

National dust control regulations on dust fallout limits

Approved air quality authorisations (atmospheric emission licences)

Air quality monitoring and reporting

37

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Coal beneficiation

We pride ourselves on producing high-quality, low-

sulphur export coal. To do this, we process the coal

we mine to remove undesirable components.

Coal beneficiation entails the selective washing of

runofmine coal to produce the desired product

by removing unwanted material such as rock,

contaminants, poor grade coals with high ash,

sulphur and other polluting elements which are not

desirable in the combustion process. Conversely, the

washing process concentrates desirable qualities,

including carbon in a form that makes it the most

efficient for combustion.

#### Looking ahead

In the year ahead, we will be undertaking a deep

dive to investigate the increase in exceedances

in PM

2.5

. With the switch in air quality monitoring

technology, alerts in exceedances will be sent

to control rooms and relevant managers’ mobile

phones. Cameras situated at strategic locations are

expected to bring about an improvement in response

times and mitigation measures.

SO

2

#### and NO

2

#### emissions

Sulphur and nitrogen dioxide (SO

2

and NO

2

) are

emitted during the combustion of diesel. Historically

SO

2

associated with spontaneous combustion

at some of our opencast mines was reported.

Given the inaccuracies associated with estimating

these, particularly given the marked reduction in

spontaneous combustion through the rehabilitation

ofclosing sites, we excluded these from our reporting.

SO

2

emissions from diesel declined by 96% from

2022’s levels of 815 tonnes to 1.83 tonnes due to a

change from 50 to 10 parts per million (ppm) diesel

as well as the removal of spontaneous combustion-

related emissions. Emissions from diesel combustion

were previously calculated using an emission factor

for 500 ppm diesel, which was updated to an

emission factor for 10 ppm diesel in early 2023

onthe recommendations of the diesel supplier.

NO

2

emissions were slightly higher in 2023

at 1,860tonnes compared to 1,744 tonnes the

previous year. This was as a result of slightly higher

diesel consumption.

#### Performance

Performance in the management of dust is mixed and will require further investigation. During the year, we noted

a marked reduction in PM

10

exceedances from 163 in 2022 and 38 in the year under review. Exceedances in

PM

2.5

, however, rose from 11 in 2022 to 23 in 2023. Preliminary investigations indicate that monitoring units

have in some cases been positioned at the dust source rather than at the receptor. The new technology is also

thought to be more accurate compared to the previous units which were not PM

2.5

certified. We will investigate

this further in 2024.

Site general managers take overall accountability for dust, while interdepartmental social performance

management committee meetings ensure that community complaints are adequately addressed at the right

level. During the reporting year, we received six dust-related complaints from surrounding community members

compared to two in the previous year.

All sites have a grievance mechanism in place to capture, investigate and address community concerns,

including those relating to dust. Exceedances are fully investigated through our learning from incidents process

and action plans are developed to address their root causes.

1.83

SO

2

#### tonnes

#### generated

2022: 815

1,860

NO

2

#### tonnes

#### generated

2022: 1,744

23

PM

2.5

#### exceedances

2022: 11

38

PM

10

#### exceedances

2022: 163

38

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### NON-MINERAL WASTE

Our sites prioritise waste reduction, reuse and

recycling and have integrated sustainability

principles and best practices into their policies

and procedures.

They aim to minimise the volumes of waste they send to legal landfill by making sure that

as much of what they dispose of as possible is repurposed or recycled.

#### Waste management

#### Our approach

Waste streams are managed according to the waste hierarchy – to avoid, reduce,

reuse, recycle, recover, treat and, as a last resort, dispose. We have set a target

to reduce the amount of waste we send to landfill by 50% by 2030, using 2021’s

volumesasabaseline.

Continued collaboration with employees, community recyclers and suppliers is essential

for achieving this goal.

Suppliers have been asked to do away with unnecessary packaging and are, in many

instances, contractually obliged to remove waste materials from our sites. Agreements

are also in place with local enterprises for the collection of recyclables that are

taken to buy-back centres and ultimately used in the manufacture of new products.

Bioremediation is used to treat hydrocarbon spillages rather than disposing of affected

soil in hazardous landfill.

Our operations separate recyclables at source. Waste streams include paper, plastic, tin,

glass, scrap, conveyor material, gumboots, and wooden pallets and reels. Hazardous

materials such as ﬂuorescent light bulbs, oil drums and oil filters as well as chemical

containers and items such as batteries are stored in designated compounds and yards

before being sent for disposal or recycling.

Waste management licenses

Integrated water and waste management plans

Waste management procedures

Waste inventory

STANDARDS AND LEGISLATION:

The National Environmental Management Waste Act 26

of 2014 andits regulations

39

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our performance

2023 2022

Paper (tonnes) 3 3

Plastic recycled (tonnes) 6 7

Metal recycled (tonnes) 1,279 1 , 511

Used oil recycled (m

3

) 188 6

Other non-hazardous waste recycled (tonnes) 15 13

889

#### Hazardous waste

#### to legal landfill(tonnes)

2022: 776

1,442

#### Non-hazardous

#### waste tolegallandfill(tonnes)

2022: 1,103

During the year, we undertook an extensive review

of our waste inventory and identified further

opportunities for reducing and recycling. While we

have made pleasing progress in this area, this is not

reﬂected in 2023’s numbers.

This is attributed to the inclusion of waste reporting

from the EWRP, further disposal of decommissioning

waste from the Bokgoni section of Khwezela and

a clean up campaign at operations to address

housekeeping issues.



Non-hazardous waste to legal landfill increased from

1,103 tonnes in 2022 to 1,442 tonnes in the period

under review, while hazardous waste to legal landfill

increased by from 776 tonnes to 889 tonnes over

thesame period.

This is attributed to the inclusion of waste reporting

from the EWRP, further disposal of decommissioning

waste from the Bokgoni section of Khwezela and

a clean-up campaign at operations to address

housekeeping issues.

Some waste streams are linked to certain projects such

as the demolition of structures at Bokgoni, which means

that volumes will ﬂuctuate from year to year and we do

not expect reductions to be linear. We expect to see

a steady and consistent rise in the recycling of waste

streams such as paper, plastic and oil.

In terms of our 2030 target, we have not achieved

a reduction yet in terms of our total waste to landfill

from the 2021 baseline of 2,332 tonnes. Hazardous

waste to landfill has been reduced by 3% from the

2021 baseline of 916 tonnes and general waste has

increased by 2% from the baseline of 1,416 tonnes.

Rewards for

#### recycling

Isibonelo took delivery

of two reverse vending

machines that give employees

rewards in exchange for their

recyclables.

Workers can dispose of glass,

plastic, tin and Tetra Pak recyclables

to receive rewards loaded into their

digital wallets.

These can be cashed in as vouchers.

During its first month, the initiative

brought in more than 6,400

separate items of waste, keeping

201 kilograms out of landfill.

#### Looking ahead

Our operations will continue to track their waste streams

and strive to increase recycling rates. Two particular

focus areas will be oil recovery and recycling, and

the collection, separation and recovery of waste from

underground sections. Employee awareness on the

importance of recycling will continue to be a core focus

for several years to come.

40

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

The by-products or waste from coal processing is

disposed of in engineered, licensed facilities that

we refer to as mineral residue facilities (MRFs).

The installation of ﬂotation plants at our Greenside

and Phola processing facilities resulted in lower

volumes of fines requiring disposal. These and

low-quality discard coal are stored in licensed

MRFs, some of which are in the process of being

remined at Greenside and Goedehoop.

• Daily and weekly oversight and inspections by site personnel

• Monthly performance monitoring parameters and assessment for MRF

discarddeposition

• Monthly meetings with sites and contractors

• Quarterly and annual EOR inspections and reporting, with actions tracked on

our SHE management system.

Governance processes and oversight of active facilities includes:

#### Assurance and governance

A competent person and engineer of record (EOR) provides assurance on each

facility’sstructural integrity and works with operational personnel to ensure that disposal

takes place in line with design specifications. The EOR is a licensed professional who

islegally responsible for the design, specifications and overall engineering integrity

ofaspecific facility.

They assume primary responsibility for the engineering aspects and are accountable for

ensuring that the design meets applicable codes, standards, and regulations. They must

also ensure that the relevant studies, risk assessments, permits, incident registers, and

emergency response and preparedness plans are in place.

Furthermore, an independent technical review panel made up of senior external

multidisciplinary specialists is mandated to conduct systematic and ongoing reviews,

particularly at facilities rated as ‘high’ and ‘major’ consequence. This panel reviews

the design, operating and management systems and provides recommendations and

assurance to the business.

Our management of these structures is conducted in line with Thungela’s technical

standard for MRFs and water containment structures.

All inspections are logged onto our SHE management system, to track the status

of actions. Dam breach analysis and inundation studies have been carried out

on all facilities rated as high and major and all our dams are operating within the

recommended factors of safety and monitored by the EOR.

#### MINERAL WASTE

#### Although ongoing advancementsin coal processing technologyhave resulted in a significant

#### decline in the production of as-arising discard in coal washingplants, our single biggest solid

#### waste stream by volume ismineral waste in the form of low-quality discard coal and fines.

The re-mining of MRFs has several benefits:

1.  Resource recovery: re-mining allows for the extraction of

remaining coal and minerals from previously mined sites. This

helps maximise the utilisation of resources, extending the life

of mining operations and reducing the need for new mines.

2.  Environmental remediation: re-mining involves reclamation

and rehabilitation efforts, which improves the environmental

conditions of these areas and can mitigate soil erosion

and water pollution, leading to ecosystem restoration and

biodiversity enhancement.

3.  Waste management: re-mining the MRFs can reduce the

need for additional disposal sites and can mitigate the

environmental impacts associated with these.

4.  Economic opportunities: re-mining projects can create

employment opportunities and stimulate economic growth.

5.  Regulatory compliance: re-mining activities assists with

addressing legacy environmental issues associated with

MRFs and demonstrates our commitment to responsible

mining practices and regulatory compliance.

The biggest risks associated with MRFs and dams are inundation,

dam breaches, groundwater contamination, dust and

spontaneous combustion. Coal MRFs contain predominantly

coarse coal discard and much smaller volumes of fine coal slurry.

The outer walls of these facilities are constructed with compacted

coarse coal discard and are substantially wider than one would

see in conventional tailings facilities used in other commodities

and are exceptionally robust. The discard in these facilities is

also extremely compacted to prevent the ingress of oxygen and

resultant spontaneous combustion. The risk of a dam breach from

an MRF is therefore very low.

We currently have a number of inactive, dormant or rehabilitated

MRFs and 33 dams under our charge. An additional four MRFs

are currently in operation. We also have 35 underground water

containment facilities at both operating and closed sites. Each

of these is assigned a consequence classification rating ranging

from insignificant, minor and moderate to high and major.

These ratings determine the design, monitoring and surveillance

requirements and are reviewed annually.

#### Looking ahead

In 2024, we will continue with our focus on compliance to our MRF standard and

external technical oversight through our technical review panels. We will also review

and update our dam consequence classification of structures ratings to ensure the risk is

well controlled and managed.

41

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Climate change and energy

The record-breaking weather events of 2023 highlight the

pressing need to address climate change risks. This includes

reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and building

climate resilience through intentional adaptation initiatives.

WE ARE GUIDED BY:

The Carbon Tax Act 15 of 2019

The National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act

39 of 2004 and its Pollution Prevention Plan Regulations

National Greenhouse Gas Reporting Regulations, 2016

The Thungela pathway to net zero

The Thungela energy and GHG emissions management

standard and guideline

Approved pollution prevention plan

Thungela fuel management recommended practice

Our commitment to climate action includes

reducing our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by

30% by 2030, to achieve net zero emissions

by 2050 (both from a 2021 baseline) and

to contribute to the resilience of the areas we

operate in through an integrated approach to

climate change adaptation.

We recognise the evolving interests and expectations of investors in understanding our perspective on climate

change and are committed to the transparent disclosure of our climate-related risks and opportunities in line with the

recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). Further information is provided

in our separate climate change report, including a TCFD-linked index.

The CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project) gave Thungela a ‘B’ score, which places us in the management

category (taking coordinated action on climate issues) and is higher than the coal mining sector average of C.

#### Our approach

Our pathway to net zero, alignment with TCFD recommendations and linked short- and long-term incentive schemes

across the business support the achievement of our climate action goals. The short-term incentive scheme drives

energy intensity reduction across the business, while the long-term incentive motivates carbon emission reductions

and the rollout of renewable energy.

We mitigate climate change and its impacts through:

• The implementation of operational energy

efficiency projects, the installation of at least

19megawatts (MW) of renewable energy,

and the closure of mines as they reach the end

of their operational lives will result in a 30%

reduction of scope 1 and 2 emissions, based

ona2021baseline.

• Our pathway to net zero, which provides a

scenario-based decision-making framework

for leadership to achieve our long-term climate

commitments.

• Appropriate focus on organisational structures,

processes, risks and opportunities.

• Measures for tracking and reporting on

ourperformance.

• High-level assurance of our carbon and energy

data by a third party.

• Reducing our consumption of energy and using

itefficiently.

• Addressing the resilience of our operations and

host communities by ensuring that operational

risk registers, Social and Labour Plan (SLP) and

corporate social investment (CSI) projects address

climate-related risks.

• Assisting communities in the development of skills

and businesses that can participate in the green

economy through our enterprise and supplier

development programme.

We have assessed our climate change risks and

opportunities and performed a scenario analysis to

determine our business’s resilience to climate change.

The details of these assessments, and our responses

tothem, can be found in our climate change report.

Our commitment to climate action includes

reducing our scope 1 and 2 emissions by

30% by 2030, to achieve net zero emissions

by 2050 (both from a 2021 baseline) and

to contribute to the resilience of the areas we

operate in through an integrated approach

toclimate change adaptation.

42

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### A scenario-based

#### approach to net zero

by2050

We have adopted a scenario-based approach

to chart our path to net zero, using the

International Energy Agency’s (IEA) World

Energy Outlook 2022 scenarios. It is important

to remember that scenarios are not forecasts or

predictions and that accurately predicting the

future is challenging, even in the short term.

Scenario analysis assists us in identifying key

drivers of change and enables us to inform

our decision-making and evaluate business

resilience against a set of divergent but

plausible futures. It also highlights the potential

risks and opportunities associated with these.

Global trends and dynamics are reviewed

annually to ascertain which plausible pathway

we may be on so that we can be agile and

adaptive in our decision-making.

1

The physical scenarios are based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s (IPCC) Assessment Report (AR) 5 Representation Concentration Pathways (RCP) and AR6 Shared Socio-

economic Pathways (SSP).

2

These transition scenarios are based on those set out in the IEA’s World Energy Outlook, 2022.

#### PHYSICAL SCENARIO

1

RCP 8.5/SSP 5

~3.2

o

C – 5.4

o

C

RCP 4.5/SSP 2

~2.5

o

C – 2.7

o

C

RCP 2.6/SSP 1

~1.7

o

C – 1.8

o

C

Transition scenario

2

#### Stated Policies Scenario Announced Pledges Scenario Net Zero Scenario

#### Key outcomes

#### Physical risks

#### dominate

• Emissions are curbed based on

existingpolicies and announced

national commitments to reduce

emissions, but fall short of meeting

theParis Agreement.

• Continued use of fossil fuels and

energy-intensive activities.

• Effects of climate change require

investments in adaptation measures

to protect assets, infrastructure

andcommunities.

#### Insufficientdecarbonisation

• Slow implementation of policies

duetopolitical, institutional and

societal barriers.

• The transition to a low-carbon

economyis disorderly, uncoordinated

and delayed.

• Transition happens faster in certain

regions and slower in others, leading

to differences in regional policies

and implications on the cost of doing

business and global trade.

Transition risks and

#### opportunities dominate

• Globally coordinated effort to reduce

emissions to net zero by 2050.

• Accelerated transition to renewables

and electrification, and aggressive

regulations limiting the extraction

and use of fossil fuels in all

majoreconomies.

#### Risks and opportunities

• Flood and extreme precipitation.

• Extreme heat and wildfires.

• Sea level rise.

• Water stress.

• Carbon pricing policies.

• Energy policies.

• Litigation risks.

• Flood and extreme precipitation.

• Extreme heat and wildfires.

• Sea level rise.

• Water stress.

• Carbon pricing policies.

• Regulatory risk.

• Reputational risk and opportunity.

• Flood and extreme precipitation.

• Extreme heat and wildfires.

• Sea level rise.

• Water stress.

Projected coal demand

• Continued fossil fuel investments.

• Slow decrease in demand

forfossilfuels.

• Slow increase in demand

forrenewable energy.

• Continued but reduced fossil

fuelinvestments.

• Modest decrease in demand

forfossilfuels.

• Modest increase in demand

forrenewable energy.

• No oil, natural gas and coalfields

developed due to reduction in demand.

• Falls in fossil fuel prices due

tolowerdemand.

• Rapid switch to renewable energy.

Thungela position

#### Extended fossilfuel marketSlow

#### transition

#### Accelerated

#### decarbonisation

43

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

2023-2024

2025 2030 2040 2050

Zibulo 4 MW solar

Energy efficiency

improvement projects

Energy

security reduced

Energy

security stabilised

Carbon offset projects

15 MW renewable energy

solution ‘behind the meter’

Carbon offset projects

15 MW renewable

energy solution

Offset mergers and

acquisitions (M&A) or projects

with renewable energy

Partner with Independent

Power Producers (IPP), use or

invest in green energy

No further coal expansion

Evaluate commodity

diversification options

Partner with IPPs, use or invest

in green energy

Implement feasible energy

storage solutions

Offset M&A or projects with

renewable energy tailored to

life of mine (LOM) and

community needs

Wheel excess renewable

energy from closing

operations to other sites

Energy storage solutions to

offset remaining emissions

Wheel excess green energy to

local communities/industries

Bank/sell carbon credits

Solve remaining emissions

from the eMalahleni Water

Reclamation Plant (EWRP)

Evaluate commodity

diversification options

Invest in energy storage

solutions

Accelerated

decarbonisation

Accelerated

decarbonisation

Need for energy

outweighs change

in legislation

A

Local need for energy

balanced with need to

decarbonise

B

High pressure,

change in

legislation

C

Reduced local

demand for

energy

D

Slow transition

Slow transition

#### Pathways to net zero

To meet our 2050 target, four distinct pathways are available and are informed by the climate scenarios.

Given uncertainty over the future, these pathways provide us with a framework for agile decision-making.

The route we take hinges on two critical inﬂection points: the security of the energy system in South Africa

and the pace of decarbonisation globally.

The Stated Policies Scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario both see coal demand declining more

moderately than the Net Zero Scenario and have been combined in our pathways as ‘slow transition’. The

‘accelerated decarbonisation’ pathways are aligned with the Net Zero Scenario.

44

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Reducing our scope1 and 2 emissionsby 2030

We will achieve our 2030 target

through the following initiatives:

Resilience to physical risks

The evaluation of the physical risks to our operations and surrounding

communities under a range of climate scenarios is described climate

change report.

#### The pathways give us the ﬂexibility to adjust our

#### approach to achieving our net zero target

#### astheworld evolves.

The incorporation of a minimum of 19 MW of renewable electricity by the end of 2026.

The implementation of energy efficiency projects.

The closure of several operations as they come to the end of their lives, namely

Isibonelo, Greenside and Goedehoop. While rehabilitation activities will continue

at these sites for some time after closure, emissions related to energy consumption

and fugitives will reduce substantially and ultimately be limited to general care and

maintenance and water treatment.

Resilience of our business model

Our business focus is on producing high-quality

export coal, which is increasingly preferred

over lower grades. This is particularly true for

customers in our export markets as they make

the shift to improved efficiency power stations

where lower pollutant content in coal is preferred.

There has also been an encouraging increase

in the carbon capture, utilisation and storage

(CCUS) pipeline, where the capture capacity of

CCUS projects in development, in construction or

operating has increased 48% since 2022 to over

350 million tons

1

.

Our tier 1 assets operate in the lower half of the

cost curve which, coupled with our commitment to

responsible production of a high-quality product,

contributes to our business’s resilience.

The majority of our existing mines have relatively short expected lives in

relation to longer-term physical risks. Mafube, Elders and Zibulo North,

however, are more likely to experience these. Higher than normal precipitation

and extreme rainfall events have been experienced in the Mpumalanga region

over the last three years. This has prompted annual rainfall readiness reviews

and the development of trigger action response plans. We have evaluated our

existing responses and developed a systems-based approach to improving

our adaptive capacity to respond to transitional and physical risks.

The socio-economic context of host communities, discussed on

page89 of this report, increases their vulnerability to climate risks.

We have therefore included criteria in our decision-making framework

forSLPand CSI projects to build their resilience in the face of physical and

transitional climate change risks. We have also developed an integrated

emergency preparedness response plan that considers the potential effects

of catastrophic events, including those that may be associated with climate

change, on doorstep communities.

Read more about this on page 100.

1

Global CCS Institute, 2023.

The Global Status of CCS: 2023. Australia.

Refer to page 16 of our climate change report.

45

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our footprint

Thungela’s GHG emissions have been calculated according to the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and

Reporting Standard (www.ghgprotocol.org) and the IPCC 2006 Guidelines. We use the operating control

approach in reporting emissions and include the following in our footprint: Greenside, Goedehoop, Zibulo,

Khwezela, Isibonelo, centralised services (Highveld Hospital, shared services, central workshops, the rapid

loading terminal and EWRP) and 50% of Mafube’s emissions.

SCOPE 1:

SCOPE 2:  SCOPE 3:

The definitions and the methodologies used to calculate scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions are described in the reporting

criteriaon page 32 of the climate change report.

Direct GHG emissions from fossil fuel (diesel and petrol) combustion in mobile mining equipment

(haul trucks, loaders, dozers, vehicles), diesel combustion in stationary equipment (generators),

fugitive emissions from underground mines and other process emissions (sewage treatment and water

neutralisation).

Fugitive emissions

Fugitive emissions in coal mining refer to a

suite of gases associated with the formation

of coal that are liberated during the coal

mining process. Typical coal seam gas

comprises methane (CH

4

), carbon dioxide

(CO

2

), nitrogen and some trace gases such

as ethane and butane. Generally, CH

4

and

CO

2

comprises the bulk of the composition

(approximately 90% CH

4

and 10% CO

2

) with

the other constituents being negligible.

In underground mines, CH

4

is released from both

the coal produced and brought to surface for

processing, and from coal remaining underground

in pillars, walls and on the ﬂoor and roof. This post-

mining CH

4

is released over time and is vented to

the atmosphere via upcast shafts.

We currently use country specific Tier 2 emission

factors for fugitive emissions. Given the age of the

geology and shallow depth of South African coal

seams, fugitive emissions from opencast mines are

assumed to have vented already while emission

concentrations from underground mines are lower

than those seen in other geographies.

Emissions from electricity purchased from

South Africa’s national power utility, Eskom.

Emissions from purchased goods and

services, capital goods, fuel and energy-

related activities, upstream transportation

and distribution, waste generated in

operations, business travel, employee

commuting, upstream leased assets,

downstream transportation and distribution,

use of sold products and investments.

46

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Performance

We are pleased to report an 11% reduction in 2023 from

2021’s baseline of 819kilotonnes (kt) of CO

2

equivalent

(kt CO

2

e) and a 2.5% reduction in total scope 1 and 2

emissions to 729kt CO

2

e from 748 kt CO

2

e in 2022. Our

carbon intensity dropped by 11% from 4.02kg CO

2

e per

total tonne moved (TTM)

2

in 2022 to 3.56kg CO

2

e per

TTM in 2023.

Scope 1 emissions in 2023 decreased by 3.9% to

295ktCO

2

e (2022: 308 kt CO

2

e), with an 8.3% increase

in GHG emissions from fossil fuel combustion and an 11%

decrease in fugitive methane emissions. Our scope 2 emissions

decreased by1.5% to 433 kt CO

2

e (2022: 440 kt CO

2

e).

Lower emissions are the result of lower production levels

due to the further deterioration in Transnet Freight Rail’s (TFR)

performance, the relatively lower tonnage contribution of

our underground mines and energy efficiency projects which

abated 11,561 tCO

2

e.

Greenhouse gas emissions (kt CO

2

e)

2023 2022 2021 2020

Scope 1 295 308 362 369

Fossil fuels  121 112 137 15 5

Fugitive emissions  170 192 219 209

Process emissions  4 4 5 5

Scope 2 433 440 457 514

Total scope 1 and 2 (kt CO

2

e) 729 74 8 819 883

Scope 3

1

32,033 37, 071 54,744 64,680

Scope 1 and 2 GHG intensity (kg CO

2

e/TTM)

2

3.56 4.02 4.56 4.60

295

#### Scope 1 GHG emissions

(kt CO

2

e)

2022: 308

433

#### Scope 2 GHG emissions

(kt CO

2

e)

2022: 440

32,033

#### Scope 3 GHG emissions

(kt CO

2

e)

2022: 37,071

2

The carbon intensity for 2022 has been restated from 4.18 based on changes to the total tonnes moved at Isibonelo, where key mining

processes such as dozing and pre-stripping had erroneously been excluded from the calculation.

1

Total scope 3 emissions for 2022 have been restated from 35,947 kt CO

2

e due to the addition of shipping related emissions in Category 9.

Carbon emissions from electricity consumption are the

biggest contributor to our footprint (59%), followed by

fugitive emissions (23%) and carbon emissions from fossil

fuel combustion (17%). The relative contribution of fugitive

emissions to our total decreased due to lower production

atunderground sites.

Scope 3 emissions fell 14% to 32,033 kt CO

2

e from

37,071kt CO



e

4

in 2022 due to a reduction in sales

volumes (use of product sold). In 2023, we undertook a

full scope 3 assessment to better understand the emissions

across our value chain and improve our reporting. The

use of sold products accounts for 93% of the total scope

3. Weadvocate for a technology agnostic approach to a

low-carbon future through our membership of the FutureCoal

Alliance and the Coal Industry Advisory Board to the IEA.

These organisations facilitate research into abatement

technologies such as high-efficiency power plants, ammonia

and CCUS.

The full breakdown of our scope 3 emissions is provided

in the climate change report on page 27.

#### Looking ahead

In 2024, we will focus on our renewable energy strategy

and the completion of the feasibility study for a 4 MW

renewable energy solution for Elders. We will continue

to investigate and implement energy-saving projects,

particularly for large energy users, to enable a year-on-year

reduction in our carbon and energy intensities.

These initiatives will be accompanied by the continued

evolution of reporting and disclosure practices, and

engagement with stakeholders on our climate change journey.

47

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### ENERGY MANAGEMENT

#### The efficient use of energy and optimising our use of energy sources is

#### an ongoing priority.

Fossil fuels (mainly diesel) for loading and haulage account for 52% of our total energy consumption (and 17% of our total emissions),

with electricity accounting for 48% (and 59% of our carbon footprint). The unit cost of both is expected to continue to increase.

#### Our approach

Driving energy efficiency and optimising energy sources

Thungela’s standard and related guideline on energy and carbon

emissions’ management sets out the requirements to drive energy and

carbon savings across the business.

In recent years, we have achieved significant energy intensity reductions

through a range of efficiency and productivity improvement initiatives

across our operations. Current energy-efficiency improvement

projects focus on improving the efficiency of large energy users such

as processing plants, ventilation systems at underground operations

and load and haul equipment at opencast mines. Several opencast

operations have reduced idle times on their haul ﬂeet and dozers thereby

reducing diesel consumption, with commensurate savings being realised.

The sites have also improved road conditions and shortened hauling

distances to reduce rolling resistance and diesel consumption.

A strong focus on ventilation system optimisation in 2023 yielded

significant energy savings. Initiatives included:

• The sealing of underground sections to reduce ventilation

requirements

• Ventilation fan speed reduction

• Fan blade adjustments to reduce fan input power

• Optimising section layouts to enable a reduction in the number of

fans operating, without compromising ventilation.

The above initiatives are supported by a robust project execution

framework which includes management commitment, scheduled reviews

with energy champions, performance reviews and forums to share and

reapply learnings within the business.

Supplementing electricity with renewable supply

Central to our net zero pathway will be the incorporation of a minimum

of 19 MW of renewable electricity before the end of 2026.

A 4 MW solar photovoltaic (PV) plant is currently under construction

at Zibulo’s underground operation. The plant is expected to be

commissioned in the fourth quarter of 2024.

#### R49 million

#### invested in the Zibulo solar PV

#### project in 2023

#### Performance

Total energy consumption (electricity and diesel) increased 4.3% to

3.14million gigajoules (GJ), compared to 3.01 million GJ in 2022. This

was due to an increase in total tonnes moved, particularly at our opencast

operations which increased total diesel consumption.

Our energy intensity improved by 5.1% year-on-year to 15.33 MJ/TTM

because of a strong focus on energy efficiency projects, eliminating diesel

theft and accelerated rehabilitation efforts at closing mines (2022: 16.16,

restated from 16.81).

The energy-efficiency projects implemented yielded savings of

43,000GJ, which was predominantly brought about through

ventilationoptimisation.

Energy consumption 2023 2022 2021 2020

Energy from electricity (million GJ) 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.78

Energy from fossil fuel use (million GJ) 1.64 1. 51 1.85 2.09

Total energy used (million GJ) 3 .14 3.01 3.42 3.87

Energy intensity (MJ/TTM)

1

15.33 16.16 19. 04 20.16

Electricity consumption (MWh) 416,824 415 ,732 494,626 434,916

Diesel consumption (kl) 45,263 41,800 57,838 51,285

#### Looking ahead

We will continue with the focused implementation of identified energy

efficiency and carbon reduction opportunities, internal best practice and

benchmarking to achieve our energy intensity reduction targets. These

include reducing mining footprints in the underground operations to

allow for further optimisation of the ventilation systems and reduction of

conveyor lengths, optimising processing plant and conveyor operating

times to avoid running at low volumes of coal, continued focus on idle

time reduction and haul route optimisation.

A further 4 MW solar PV plant will be installed at the Elders project, and

is currently in the advanced feasibility stages. External permits, approvals

and rezoning applications are being processed by the relevant

government departments and endorsement from the National Energy

Regulator of South Africa is in progress.

The strategy for the remaining renewable energy requirement will be

evaluated to determine the most efficient and effective model for sourcing

this energy, with a view to it becoming available by the end of2026.

1

The energy intensity for 2022 has been restated from 16.81 based on changes to the total tonnes moved at Isibonelo, where key mining processes such as dozing and

pre-stripping had erroneously been excluded from the calculation.

48

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Our mines are situated in a water-scarce region where supplies may be negatively impacted by increased demand, the

further deterioration of local water infrastructure, and climate-driven conditions, including drought, rising temperatures and

variable rainfall.

These factors underscore our responsibility to both contribute positively to communities’ access to this precious resource,

while at the same time protecting the integrity of critical ecosystems. This involves the proactive identification of our key water

risks, their careful management, and the development of collaborative solutions to regional water challenges.

#### Water stewardship

Access to clean, safe and affordable water is a fundamental

human right and is essential to maintaining healthy ecosystems.

We have a responsibility to effectively manage and govern our

water interactions to avoid or minimise our potential impacts on

water resources.

#### Our approach

Our water policy and a set of best practice technical management standards

drive water conservation, legislative compliance, and ongoing research and

development into solutions for treatment post-closure.

We aim to do this by:

• Minimising water abstraction and consumption from all available sources,

including third-party, groundwater and freshwater sources.

• Maximising water efficiency through reuse and recycling.

• Managing the inherent impacts of coal mining with a zero-discharge policy

on mine-impacted water.

• The development of nature-based solutions for the treatment of mine-

impacted water through research and development.

WE ARE GUIDED BY:

National Water Act 36 of 1998

National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1998

Water policy

Water management standard and guidelines

Water-related targets

Water monitoring and reporting

Passive water treatment research and development

Integrated water-use licences and associated conditions

Water management plans at each operation

Internal and external audits, with an annual self-assessment

and gap analysis

49

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Water governance

Each mine has a designated water champion

responsible for implementing our water standards

and guidelines and for executing projects that

reduce their operation’s reliance on fresh water.

Sites must also enhance reuse and recycling

rates within their production cycles and manage

their potential impacts on surrounding water

courses. Water management is incorporated into

operational activities, sustainable closure planning,

and the design and development of new projects.

These planning cycles also consider potential

water-related risks due to climate change.

All sites have a water management plan that

isinformed by their water balance. These plans

include the management of excess water, a

water quality monitoring programme for both

underground and surface water and a risk-

based approach to dealing with mine-impacted

water. They regularly review their water balances

sothat they can adequately determine their

futuretreatment, storage, conservation and

recycling needs.

Significant focus is placed on monitoring and

reporting, both of which are aided by annual

internal and external audits and gap analyses.

How we use water on our sites

Water is an important part of our production

process. We use it for various mining functions

such as cutting coal with continuous miners, dust

suppression as well as for drinking and sanitation

facilities for employees and contractors. We use a

combination of fresh water and recycled or treated

water on our sites, shown in the image alongside.

Once treated, a portion of

this clean water is returned

to feeder sites, making them

100% self-sufficient in terms

of their water needs.\*

#### Our water cycle

Water from surrounding

aquifers and rainfall

collects in our mining

areas. This water must be

pumped out of operational

areas to facilitate safe,

productive mining.

The balance is

released into the

water-stressed Olifants

River catchment.

3,701 ML

released in 2023

A large portion of the treated

water is pumped into the

local municipality’s reservoirs,

meeting 14% of its daily

waterrequirements. This water

supports local demand for

domestic, commercial and

industrial use.

6,851 ML supplied in 2023

Some of this water is pumped to pollution control

dams or other water storage facilities and then

channelled into our production process and used

in activities such as dust suppression, drilling and

beneficiation. Filter press and thickener technologies

in our plants make it possible for this water to be

recycled numerous times.

2A1

POLLUTION

CONTROL DAMS

WASHING

PLANT

DUST

SUPPRESSION

EWRP

50

MEGALITRES

OF WATER

PER DAY

3C3B3A

Greenside, Khwezela

and Zibulo collieries send

excess water to our ﬂagship

EWRP which can treat up to

50megalitres of water a day

(ML/d) to potable quality.

2B

Water governance

How we use water on our sites

\*  Isibonelo, Mafube and Goedehoop collieries obtain their freshwater from external sources.

50

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Targets and performance

#### We take our stewardship of this natural resource seriously and have ambitious

#### targets in place.

Goedehoop and Isibonelo collieries and, to a lesser extent

Mafube, rely on fresh water from external sources and had

a reduction target of 20% by 2023, using 2015’s 1,015 ML

as a baseline. The importation of water decreased by 52%

to 369 ML from 767 ML in 2022. Freshwater abstraction

in 2023 was 64% lower than the 2015 baseline, thus

exceeding the 2023 target.

Greenside, Khwezela and Zibulo were working to reduce

their consumption from the EWRP by 20% by the end of

2023 from a baseline of 1,997 ML in 2015. They have

brought down their combined water-use by 10% from

1,312 ML (restated from 1,553 ML) in 2022, to 1,097 ML

in 2023. This represents a year-on-year reduction of 10%

and a reduction of 45% from the 2015 baseline.

To replace freshwater and EWRP abstraction targets, which

ran until 2023, we have set a new reduction target of 2.5%

annually, relative to the previous year.

Reuse and recycling rates remained constant at 96% in

2023, exceeding our water efficiency target of 75% by

asignificant margin.

Water treatment substantially mitigates of the risk of

uncontrolled discharge, particularly during periods of

high rainfall. Through treatment, we reduce recharge,

better manage stormwater and create sufficient storage

space in pollution control dams (PCD) and underground

compartments. An overall treatment rate of 69% was

achieved in 2023 against a target of 40%. This is an

improvement on the 57% realised in 2022.

We did not meet our target of zero level 3 (orgreater)

water incidents. This was as a result of two uncontrolled

releases from the Schoongezicht PCD into the

Schoongezicht stream and further downstream to

theBrugspruit/Klipspruit at Khwezela.

The first incident occurred on 24 February 2023, when a

barrier pillar was compromised during mining and water

from one underground compartment ﬂowed into another

linked to the Schoongezicht PCD. Pumping of water to the

EWRP was constrained due to scheduled maintenance

atthe time.

The second incident occurred on 8 September 2023

and was attributed to the increased decant of mine-

impacted water from underground workings when the

rate of discharge at the Schoongezicht adit point into the

Schoongezicht PCD exceeded pumping capacity. The

DWS was notified of both incidents, and no directives or

fines were issued.

These events highlighted the need for significantly tighter

control over groundwater monitoring, dewatering and

rainfall readiness to ensure that containment facilities have

sufficient handling capacity, particularly when extreme

rainfall events occur.

Khwezela has since established a water steering

committee. This is led by the mine’s water champion and

attended by all technical heads of department and relevant

subject matter experts. The committee is responsible for the

ongoing monitoring of water levels and trend evaluation

which inform a dewatering action plan. Pumping

infrastructure has been upgraded and a plan for managing

excess water and high-ﬂow volumes developed.

#### Target: reduce freshwater

#### abstraction by 20% by

#### 2023 against a 2015

#### baseline

369 ML

(64% reduction from baseline)

2022: 767 ML

Target: treat 40% of

#### mine-impacted water

69%

2022: 57%

#### Target: maintain water

#### reuse and recycling

#### levels above 75%

96%

2022: 96%

Target: zero level 3 or

#### greater water incidents

#### 2 level 3

#### incidents

2022: 1 level 4 and 1 level 3

incident

#### Target: reduce potable water

#### abstraction from the EWRP

#### by 20% by 2023 against a

#### 2015 baseline

1,097 ML

(45% reduction from baseline)

2022: 1312 ML

51

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Water treatment

Mine-impacted water can be treated using both active and passive

technologies aimed at mitigating water risks spanning the entire operational

life of a site and extending into the post-closure phase. Our approach to water

management at closed sites aligns with the prevailing financial provisioning

regulations outlined in NEMA. Originally planned for February 2017, the date

for transitioning to these regulations has been postponed multiple times, most

recently in July 2022. The transition date was deferred until 19 February 2024.

On 1 February, the Minister of the Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the

Environment published a notice of intention to once again defer the transition

date. We await the publication of the updated transition date.

According to these regulations, provision for treatment is contingent on the costs

associated with technologies endorsed by the DMRE, ensuring their consistent

efficacy in meeting discharge requirements. We are actively engaged

in validating the effectiveness of passive treatment technologies through

collaborative efforts with academia and the relevant government departments.

Nature-based solutions

Nature-based solutions (NBS) offer a holistic and sustainable approach to

water treatment that addresses multiple environmental, social, and economic

challenges simultaneously. By integrating natural processes into water

management practices, we can improve water quality, protect ecosystems,

and build resilient communities for the future. Water treatment facilities that

use reverse osmosis technology will continue to play a significant role in how

we purify mine-affected water. They do, however, require full-time operation,

ongoing maintenance and significant chemical and energy input. Moreover,

they are vulnerable to vandalism and theft, particularly in remote areas.

NBS use natural processes, such as vegetation, soil and microorganisms, to

treat water. This approach requires substantially reduced energy inputs and

produces lower carbon emissions compared to traditional treatment methods.

They can be more cost-effective and enhance the resilience of water treatment

systems to the impacts of climate change, such as increased ﬂooding, droughts,

and water quality ﬂuctuations. Natural ecosystems like wetlands and forests

provide buffering capacity against extreme weather events and help regulate

water ﬂow and quality. Many NBS involve restoring or preserving natural

habitats, which also supports biodiversity conservation.

Years of research and development conducted in partnership with a variety of

technology and academic partners has resulted in the implementation of both

engineered and natural solutions to address water treatment post-closure. These

include phytoremediation, biological sulphide reduction, and the creation and

restoration of wetland systems.



#### Planting a million trees for phytoremediation

In 2023, we opened a nursery that will propagate a

million trees over three years.

These trees form an essential component of our long-term

post-closure water management strategy which includes

phytoremediation, a biological process that uses trees to stabilise

water levels by taking up mine-impacted water and reducing ingress.

Situated at Greenside, the nursery will enable us to deliver on our

commitment to plant 350,000 trees a year over the next three

years. Four indigenous species, including Searsia lancea, or

karee tree, have been selected for their ability to withstand mine-

impacted water and their relatively high ability to uptake water

to manage groundwater levels. Over and above this important

function, they will absorb carbon dioxide and release oxygen

and water back into the atmosphere while preventing soil erosion

and enhancing the biodiversity value of our sites.

It is anticipated that the effort will require about 100 people over

five years. Recruited from local communities, these individuals

will be responsible for growing saplings from seed, transplanting

them into larger containers as they grow, and eventually planting

them in their permanent locations where they will initially need to

be cared for and protected against disease.

Approximately 20,000 trees have already been planted at

the base of Goedehoop’s Bank 5 mineral residue deposit and

around Kromdraai’s Dixon dam, with many more to follow to

address both sites’ long-term water management challenges.

These trees reduce the volumes ﬂowing into artificial wetlands

at Goedehoop, constructed to improve the quality of seepage

frommineral residue facilities.

The project is a partnership with the University of the Witwatersrand’s

School of Animal, Plant and Environmental Sciences.

52

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Paving the way for sustainable closure

The accelerated rollout of our

phytoremediation project at our

Goedehoop and Kromdraai sites.

#### Looking ahead

The focus areas for water

management in 2024 will be:

The development of additional

artificial wetlands at Goedehoop using

Dongalock© technology.

Pending approval from the DWS,

the rollout of an irrigation trial at

Isibonelo using sodium-rich water.

A decade of research and development resulted in the official

opening of a ground-breaking, 50,000-litre per day passive water

treatment facility in 2023.

The plant is designed to treat acidic water with elevated levels of sulphate to

produce water fit for agricultural use and has been operating continuously since

June 2023. It was built to demonstrate the process at scale, through a summer

andwinter cycle.

Trademarked cloSURE®, the technology’s development is a collaboration

between Thungela, the Technology Innovation Agency, Mintek, the South African

Department of Science and Technology, The Moss Group and the University of

Pretoria’s Faculty of Natural and Agricultural Sciences.

Situated on the grounds of the EWRP, it harnesses bacteria to treat mine-impacted

water. These bacteria remove sulphate, neutralise the water and remove metals

to create a product that is fit for purpose. Initial results are positive, with an 81%

reduction in sulphate levels and improvement in the pH from 3.5 to 7.3.

The treated water will be used to irrigate trial plots of a number of summer and

winter grain and pasture crops such as soybean, sorghum, teff and wheat to

ascertain whether are any observed impacts on soil and crop resources.

By-products of the process are impure sulphur which includes calcium and

magnesium which can be used as a fertiliser to ameliorate sulphur-poor soils.

It is intended that the project will prove that it is possible to create a circular

economy solution for local communities, in the post-mining economy where

mine-impacted water can be turned into a resource for the sustainable use of

rehabilitated mine land through agriculture.

The technology is largely passive, which means that it requires little electrical input,

no chemical additives and only occasional operational input and maintenance.

53

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our approach

As temporary custodians of the land on

which we operate, we are dedicated to

responsible land ownership and meeting

community expectations. We take a holistic

approach by identifying the full spectrum of

LOM opportunities, risks and liabilities at the

concept phase, and planning with the end

inmind.

We look for ways to improve our land

stewardship activities to enable sustainable

conditions within the ecosystems in which we

work, and for the communities and species

that depend on them.

We respect legally protected areas in

line with the ICMM position statement on

mining and protected areas and do not

explore or develop mines situated in World

Heritage Sites. We conduct our work with

respect for legally designated areas, such

as International Union for Conservation of

Nature category I-IV protected areas.

Our operations are required to implement

robust land stewardship management

practices, including concurrent rehabilitation

to achieve targets that are tied to LOM

planning. They must also identify and

implement priority biodiversity projects that

contribute to our no net loss (NNL) target

for biodiversity. These are linked to our SHE

policy and system, monitoring and analysis of

data, adaptive management and continuous

improvement.

#### Land stewardship

We aim to leave a positive legacy through the

integration of mine closure planning with land

rehabilitation, the promotion of biodiversity

conservation and the use of non-operational land

for the benefit of communities and the environment.

Mining activities can have a direct impact on surrounding ecosystems during all stages of the

mining lifecycle. We are committed to managing the land we own in a productive and sustainable

manner, ensuring proactive stewardship during each of these phases. From project design to

operational closure, we focus on reducing our physical footprint, identifying, managing and

addressing our potential impacts by applying the principles of the mitigation hierarchy – to avoid,

minimise, restore (or mitigate) and offset.

WE ARE GUIDED BY:

Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act 28 of 2002

(MPRDA) regulations

NEMA Financial Provisioning

Regulations

Mine closure technical standard

Mine closure toolbox

Technical standard for rehabilitation

Approved environmental licences

Environmental risk assessment

Annual rehabilitation plans

Final decommissioning and

mine closure plans

Liability estimates

ICMM best practice guidance

54

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Social

closure

#### Management approach

Our approach to mine closure and rehabilitation is governed

by three systems: a technical standard for mine closure, a mine-

closure toolbox, and a technical standard and guideline for

rehabilitation, all of which incorporate regulatory requirements

and best practice guidance from the ICMM. There is an

emphasis on working with our stakeholders to address

socialimpacts.

Core to our rehabilitation strategy is reducing the backlog

ofdisturbed land that requires rehabilitation during the lifetime

of our current mines rather than after operations cease.

Through well-executed rehabilitation, post-mining landscapes

that are ecologically functional and support our biodiversity

goal of NNL, can be established. They can also be

economically viable, reduce our closure costs, and should be

supported by our stakeholders. Each of our sites has a detailed

rolling five-year rehabilitation plan which is updated annually.

These plans outline targets, monitoring, maintenance and

management programmes.

Our mine closure toolbox is a mechanism to ensure that long-

term business plans consider how mines will close before they

even start operating. This includes focus on key components

such as stakeholder engagement and social transition and

incorporates our integrated closure planning system, which is

centred on integrating multi-disciplinary closure planning and

execution. The toolbox provides a single, consistent framework

for closing mines and guides operations on how to meet our

closure standard.

Rehabilitation designs are modelled on various platforms to

provide an ecologically acceptable blueprint that considers

watersheds, land capability and landforms to ultimately create

sustainable post-mining landscapes. Monitoring forms a critical

part of rehabilitation and allows for adaptive management

where required.

Rehabilitation performance – reshaping, topsoiling and

seeding completion against target – is included as a metric in

the chief executive’s scorecard and long-term incentive plan.

Each of our operations has a mine closure plan that is aligned with

the NEMA Financial Provisioning Regulations and the mine closure

toolbox. As an operation progresses towards its closure date, the plan becomes

more detailed. Closure plans are updated every three years and must reﬂect

any material changes, including permitting amendments, mine expansions, and

environmental impact assessment reviews.

Part of the public participation process in any environmental authorisation, closure

plans incorporate a vision, goals and objectives across every facet of closure,

including physical stability, environmental quality (including water, soil and air

quality), health and safety, biodiversity, social (employee relations and socio-

economic development) and aesthetic quality. All mine closure plans contain a set of

measurable and time-bound targets in the form a master action plan that is tracked

regularly on the SHE management system.Plans also have pre-determined success

criteria, the fulfilment of which should indicate that mine closure has been achieved.

A mine closure committee has been established at each operation and comprises

representatives from multi-disciplinary departments, including environmental, social

performance, survey, human resources, supply chain, mining and engineering. These

committees aim to provide strategic guidance on the implementation of closure

policies and plans and ensure that sufficient budget is allocated for the closure

planning process. They also develop management plans that ensure that closure

planning is integrated into overall projects and mine planning. Importantly, they

monitor, review and report on performance against the policies and plans to the

general manager and internal and external stakeholders.

#### MINE CLOSURE AND

#### REHABILITATION

There is an opportunity to leave

a positive legacy through the

repurposing of rehabilitated land.

Our approach to mine closure

planning seeks to ensure that all

opportunities, risks and liabilities

are effectively identified over the

lives of each operation, that plans

are fully costed, and that adequate

provision is made for premature

closure. Integrating mine closure

planning into operational strategy is

the best way to address many of our

risks and opportunities, in particular

through concurrent rehabilitation

which takes place in parallel with

mining activities. We have four

opencast operations which makes

the rehabilitation of the land we

disturb a particularly material issue.

Our vision is to collaborate with host communities to establish

regenerative landscapes that create sustainable livelihoods. We are in

the process of developing the social closure plans for our operations that are closest

to their life of mine. This process commenced with a review of closure risks and

impacts and a socio-economic baseline assessment. In addition, work is underway to

understand the financial implications, with the purpose of integrating social aspects

into the overall closure risk register at these sites.

Closure stakeholder engagement strategies have been developed for the mines and

ensure that all interested, affected or inﬂuential parties are included. Costs associated

with social closure have been developed and will be presented to the executive

committee in 2024.

Mine

closure

plans

55

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Closure liabilities and corresponding financial provisions

In South Africa, environmental provisions have been determined

based on the legal obligations under the existing MPRDA

regulations as a base.

We adjust these based on our interpretation of the likely

increase in costs required to transition to the new NEMA

Financial Provisioning Regulations – for example, costs

related to the ongoing pumping and treatment of polluted or

extraneous water. Our environmental provisions are in line

with currently enforceable laws and regulations. The 2015

NEMA Financial Provisioning Regulations have been subject

to numerous amendments, and drafts of the replacement

regulations were published in November 2017, May 2019,

August 2021, and finally, in July 2022 when the transition date

was deferred to 19 February 2024. On 1 February 2024,

the Minister of the Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the

Environment published a notice of intention to once again defer

the transition date. At the time this report was published, a new

date had not yet been announced.

Financial provisioning for closure is updated by a third-

party every year, taking into consideration environmental

management programmes, commitments in any other

authorisations, and closure design criteria for the final cessation

of each operation.

It is important to note that financial provisioning as specified

in the regulations does not translate into the environmental

provisions recognised by the Group, but rather the level of cash

or other funding that must be made available to fund the closure

of operations should we not be able to do so.

Financial provisioning required by the current MPRDA

regulations amounts to R4,536million (2022: R4,413 million),

compared to the total environmental provisions recognised by

the Group for our South African operations of R7,841million

(2022: R7,566 million). This difference is due to the additional

costs we believe we are likely to incur through our interpretation

of the regulations and actual costs to be incurred in the period

up to, and post-mine closure, most significantly in relation to

water treatment.

We have provided for water treatment costs using a

combination of active and passive methods, based on activities

currently being performed at our operations. The NEMA

regulations require that the treatment of water to be provided

for using the costs of currently available technologies that the

DMRE has approved based on evidence that the technology to

be implemented consistently achieves discharge requirements.

Further information about our passive treatment

initiatives can be found on page 52.

We currently maintain the financial provisions required by

theDMRE and NEMA through two mechanisms, environmental

rehabilitation trusts and guarantees with financial institutions.

These funds cannot be accessed for general use. The

rehabilitation trust’s value as at 31December 2023 was

R3,740million (2022: R3,446 million). Guarantees of

R3,221million (2022: R3,102 million) are primarily in place to

meet any immediate obligations under the existing regulations

and are issued in favour of the DMRE. All operations’ closure

liabilities are fully provided for in terms of the MPRDA.

During the reporting period, we contributed an additional

R205million (2022: R438 million) into long-term investments

referred to as the green fund. This was done through two

financial institutions to secure the guarantees required to further

furnish financial provisioning. These investments are held as

collateral in favour of the financial institutions for the guarantees

provided to the Group.

#### South Africa

Further information on our financial provisions can

be found on pages 136 to 142 of the Thungela

Annual Financial Statements.

56

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Regulatory environment

Coal mining is considered an ‘environmentally relevant activity’ for

which a leaseholder must, among other things, obtain an environmental

authority issued under the Environmental Protection Act (EPA) 1994

(Queensland) before a mining lease can be issued under the Mineral

Resources Act 1989 (Queensland).

One requirement for the issuing of an environmental authority in the case

of large coal mines, is to submit for approval a progressive rehabilitation

and closure plan and schedule that includes milestones forcarrying

outenvironmentally relevant activities on the affected land in such

awaythat they maximise the progressive rehabilitation of the land

toastable condition.

The rehabilitation and closure plan must be prepared in accordance

with the requirements set out in the EPA and a statutory guideline issued

by the Department of Environment, Science and Innovation (DESI).

Therehabilitation and closure plan may be amended based on changes

in the operation’s LOM plan.

Under the EPA, DESI must determine the environmental rehabilitation

costs for the mining activity being undertaken (environmental

rehabilitation costs determination). The application must state the period

to be covered in the determination (determination period), as well as

the estimate of the total cost of rehabilitation for the period, calculated

according to the methodology set out in the statutory guidelines.

The environmental rehabilitation costs determination remains current for

the determination period, unless an application for a new determination

is made at least three months before the determination period ends,

in which case the environmental rehabilitation costs determination will

remain current until the new determination has been made.

The most recent environmental rehabilitation costs determination

for Ensham, which was issued in December2022 and is in force

until 30June 2025, amounts to approximately R3,414 million

(AUD274million), on a 100% basis.

Holders of environmental authorities for resource activities must

contribute to the financial provisioning scheme established under

the Mineral and Energy Resources (Financial Provisioning) Act 2018

(Queensland) and the Mineral and Energy Resources (Financial

Provisioning) Regulation 2018. The nature and amount of the contribution

to be made is determined by the scheme manager, and is based on

their scheme manager’s assessment of the State of Queensland’s risk

ofincurring costs and expenses because the holder has not rehabilitated

orrestored the environment. The scheme manager may determine that

this contribution is to be made by way of a payment into a pooled fund

or the provision of a financial surety, or both.

Environmental provisions for Ensham

An assessment of the environmental liability for the rehabilitation

of Ensham Mine’s opencast area was previously prepared by an

independent third-party consultant. This assessment was based on

anunderstanding of various inputs, including the volume of material

tobe moved, the distance it was to be moved and the method by which

the rehabilitation would be completed, and the related costs. The costs

to be incurred over the LOM and post-closure have been discounted to

their present value to determine the liability recognised in the statement

of financial position. The most recent assessment of the liability was

completed in 2022, and forms the basis of the liability recognised in

thestatement of financial position of R3,855 million (on an 85% basis).

Sungela, as the new owner of a portion of the mining leases related

to the Ensham Mine, has not yet been accepted into the Queensland

pooled fund, however this acceptance is being actively pursued. On this

basis, we will be required to obtain financial surety for the environmental

rehabilitation costs determination of R3,414 million (AUD274 million) on

a 100% basis. The Group is in the process of securing this surety, which

will likely be through a structure similar to the green fund in SouthAfrica,

requiring a minimum annual contribution amount. Given that the

surety has not yet been obtained at the reporting date, the Group’s

environmental liability coverage has decreased, given the significance

ofthe environmental provisions that exist for the Ensham Mine.

Thungela will continue to assess the required rehabilitation activities

andensure that costs and methods are, where possible, optimised

in line with our existing methods. This assessment was ongoing as

at31December 2023.

#### Australia

57

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Looking ahead

The focus on integrating social aspects into mine closure risk assessments and costing models will continue in 2024. Stakeholder engagement

regarding the closure of Isibonelo and Goedehoop will begin, and feedback from these engagements will be integrated into social closure

management plans. We will also commence with the social risk and impact identification process at Greenside, Khwezela and Zibulo collieries.

Asa business, we will continue to drive concurrent rehabilitation to reduce our environmental liabilities.

#### Rock mulching and Fungcoal

#### at Kromdraai

To achieve the land capability commitment in our environmental

authorisations requires significant volumes of topsoil.

Current mining practices see topsoil stripped and stockpiled ahead of

mining.However, historical practices and very shallow pre-strip conditions

have led to a shortage of topsoil in some areas that require rehabilitation.

One of the solutions to this challenge is to import topsoil from other areas, but

‘borrow pits’ necessitate the disturbance of additional natural resources and

moving large volumes of material is very costly.

In 2013, Thungela, together with Rhodes University and Coaltech, initiated

research into the use of biological mechanisms to create self-cladding

covers that can sustainably support vegetation. This research resulted in the

development of ’Fungcoal’ technology, a bioprocess that harnesses the

ability of certain fungi to rapidly convert waste coal into soil-like material

that stimulates the establishment of vegetation. The fungi also help to extend

the root systems of germinating grasses to acquire and provide the nutrients

needed for growth.

Proven to create self-cladding vegetation cover on coal discard facilities,

Fungcoal has been licensed, with Thungela and Rhodes University jointly

holdingthe patent.

At Kromdraai, we are trialling a combination of rock mulching and

Fungcoaltechnology with additional mycorrhizal bacteria on a 45ha area.

The rock mulching technology physically breaks down waste coal intofiner

particles, thereby increasing the surface area available forFungcoal and

further weathering.

Using this combination of technologies, we aim to reinstate an entire

ecosystem. The trial is linked to a small mammal priority biodiversity project

which in turn will provide food for the endangered black-footed cat.

#### Performance

The creation of a closing collieries, care and maintenance unit which

is dedicated to the physical rehabilitation and closure of areas where

mining has ceased in recent years, resulted in the accelerated completion

of the rehabilitation of the Northwest pit section of Khwezela’s Bokgoni

site in April 2023. Substantial progress was also made in speeding up

rehabilitation in other areas such as the Umlalazi, Kromdraai ramp 7,

Bokgoni 5 West pit and Excelsior areas of Khwezela to ensure that they

are less vulnerable to criminal activity.

At the end of the year, Thungela had 53,666 hectares (ha) under its

management control (2022: 49,076 ha). A total of 7,524 ha has been

disturbed by mining, processing, mineral waste disposal, and supporting

infrastructure (2022: 9,499 ha). We are updating our land management

database to reﬂect changes in land and asset ownership.

We focus on rehabilitating mining land concurrently and returning it

to the state agreed in the environmental permits. This approach results

in significant financial and environmental benefits and can reduce

long-term closure liabilities. In 2023, we reshaped 223 ha compared

to 307 ha in 2022. A total of 60 ha was topsoiled compared to 157 ha

the previous year. Seeding in 2023 exceeded that in 2022. Topsoiling

performance was impacted by above average rainfall experienced,

which hampered our ability to complete the final shaping and

levellingrequired.

We are pleased to report that on 23 November 2023, we received

aclosure certificate from the DMRE for a Kaolin mine near Albertinia

inthe Western Cape region.

2022 Rehabilitation performance

0

50

100

15 0

200

250

300

350

2022

Reshape (ha) Topsoiling (ha) Seedling (ha)

2023 2022 2023 2022 2023

307

223

157

60

106

163

58

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### BIODIVERSITY

#### We have committed to no net loss of biodiversity and, where possible, to improving

#### biodiversity wherever we operate.

Without careful management, mining can directly impact biodiversity. We aim to embed biodiversity conservation into our activities

by using the information at our disposal, engaging our stakeholders and forming partnerships to help achieve effective and long-

lasting outcomes. To achieve our vision of NNL, we first work to understand our potential impacts and then apply the mitigation

hierarchy through all phases of the mining lifecycle. Where impact is unavoidable, we implement restoration or offset projects.

WE ARE GUIDED BY:

The National Environmental Management

Protected Areas Act 57 of 2003

Biodiversity management plans

Biological monitoring and reporting

The National Environmental Management:

Biodiversity Act 10 of 2004

Biodiversity research and knowledge sharing

The South African National Biodiversity

Institute’s (SANBI) Biodiversity Offset Guideline

#### Our approach

Our South African sites are all located in the Highveld grassland

ecoregion of Mpumalanga, which has historically been heavily

impacted by mining and agriculture.

This has had a negative impact on the water quality and ﬂow

of rivers in the upper Olifants River Catchment. Apart from

affecting water-related ecosystem services such as purification,

the regulation of stream ﬂow, transportation of sediment and

assimilation of toxicants and nutrients, there is an adverse

impacton those who rely on water for irrigation, tourism and

recreational opportunities.

Each of our operations’ biodiversity management plans (BMP)

which informed the development of a regional BMP.

A regional approach optimises the potential for balancing

losses against contributions to biodiversity, rather than confining

attainable results to specific sites. We can create maximum

benefit on a regional scale by protecting remaining areas of high

biodiversity value and designing site-based rehabilitation efforts to

conserve and restore biodiversity.

59

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Our BMPs include:

• Definitions of the minimum requirements throughout the mining lifecycle

necessary to manage biodiversity through the mitigation of impacts and

improvement of ecosystem services.

• Plans for measuring and delivering actions against our targets and

objectives. Biodiversity-related key performance indicators (KPIs) are set

for each operation. Qualitative and quantitative biodiversity indicators are

included in the SHE management system and site-specific BMPs to track

progress and changes to significant biodiversity features.

• Requirements for sites to undertake biomonitoring annually, or twice a

year in the case of water-related systems. The results are used to inform

adaptive environmental management practices, including future iterations

of BMPs.

• A requirement that plans must be reviewed and updated internally on

a three-year basis, or when there is a significant change in the site’s

footprint, area of inﬂuence or understanding of relevant biodiversity

impacts.

• Alien and invasive monitoring and control programmes that require

annualinspections of disturbed and rehabilitated areas and the removal

of alien species.

• The identification of priority biodiversity projects that relate to our risks and

the implementation of these at each operation. These projects are tracked

against monthly KPIs.

• The implementation of biodiversity offsets where residual impacts on

significant biodiversity features remain after the application of the

mitigation hierarchy. These must be conducted in accordance with

SANBI’s Biodiversity Offset Guideline.

• Clearly documented roles and responsibilities for the work at both site

level and regional level to ensure the appropriate allocation of expertise

to the identified management actions.

Biodiversity management extends beyond the duration of our mining activities.

Therefore our NNL goal and related biodiversity objectives are integrated

into closure plans through a commitment to establish stable and sustainable

landforms, to monitor these and offset where impact is unavoidable. We also

carefully remove species of concern ahead of mining and preserve them in

dedicated nurseries for reinstating into the post-mining landscape.

The six sites have been the subject of numerous biodiversity baseline surveys and environmental impact assessment studies in

support of regulatory processes such as water use licenses, environmental authorisations, and environmental management plan

amendments. These studies indicated that a number of significant residual impacts on natural habitats including grasslands, wetlands

and associated species were predicted, and as a consequence additional conservation actions, including biodiversity action plans

andwetland offset strategies, have been devised and implemented in response to these residual impacts at most of the sites.

Key biodiversity objectives:

OBJECTIVE 1

Protect remaining natural habitats on mining land.

Additional impacts must not take place without

the implementation of the mitigation hierarchy, the

necessary regulatory approvals, and consideration

of potential implications for the site’s biodiversity,

ecosystem service and NNL target.

OBJECTIVE 2

Engage with landowners on the development of land-

use agreements for offset/rehabilitation strategies

on privately-owned land above underground mining

areas. This is particularly important for wetland

rehabilitation projects, for which landowner signatures

for water use authorisations are required.

OBJECTIVE 3

Update baseline biodiversity surveys to assess

ecological condition of biodiversity management units

with potential for rehabilitation/restoration activities.

No net loss of natural habitats

OBJECTIVE 4

Update site-specific baseline surveys for species of

concern and then set and monitor biodiversity targets.

OBJECTIVE 7

Engage with the Upper Olifants catchment management

forum to gain buy-in from other mining houses for

the development of a catchment-level biodiversity

management strategy focusing on wetlands/riparian

areas and delivery of associated ecosystem services.

OBJECTIVE 5

Engage in partnerships with organisations that can

contribute to the conservation of significant biodiversity

features.

OBJECTIVE 6

Secure biodiversity management areas in closure plans.

Maintain or improve the value of the local

study area for ﬂora and fauna significant

biodiversity features

Maintain or improve ecosystem service delivery

60

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Biodiversity risks and opportunities

The risks and opportunities for biodiversity management were identified for each site

as part of the development of the BMPs.

Risks

• The biodiversity information for some sites is outdated.

• The potential for successful wetland rehabilitation programmes in some areas

is limited by uncontrollable negative inﬂuences upstream such as other mining

operations, stormwater run-off and sewage contamination from residential areas.

• Sites that have wetland areas in the mining footprint require water use

authorisations and an offset strategy to be approved by the DWS.

• Significant areas of plantation forestry exist on the Kromdraai site and the

encroachment of alien and invasive species from these plantations is a risk

totheextent and condition of the surrounding ecotonal grasslands.

Opportunities

• There are significant opportunities for biodiversity management at underground

operations, given their large extent and limited direct mining impacts. However,

this will depend on the development of stewardship agreements with landowners

in order to achieve additional conservation actions. These areas could contribute

to biodiversity gain towards achieving our goal on NNL.

• There are opportunities for wetland rehabilitation programmes at some sites

where they are upstream of adjacent mining houses so the risk to the rehabilitation

investment is reduced.

• Rehabilitated areas present opportunities for the integration of objectives for

theconservation of faunal species of concern in the mine closure plans.

• Where successful wetland offsets have already been completed, such as at

Isibonelo, there is the opportunity to extend the programme to the ﬂoodplain

andhill slope seepage areas.

• The proximity of our operations to those of our peers presents an opportunity

for the development of partnerships to reduce fragmentation in the landscape,

create corridors that allow for the movement of larger animals which is essential

for maintaining genetic diversity and collaborate on catchment-level wetland

rehabilitation and offset strategies.

• There is an opportunity to enhance the ecological corridor by enhancing

or protecting the existing valley bottom wetlands associated with the

Kromdraaispruit, which will link the Kromdraai area with the Ezemvelo Nature

Reserve, approximately 5 km to the northwest of the site.

• The ongoing grass owl partnership with the Endangered Wildlife Trust at Mafube

provides an opportunity to include areas for grass owl conservation into final end

use planning so that their habitat can be secured beyond closure.

61

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Partnerships for biodiversity

Biodiversity management often requires coordinated efforts across

multiple stakeholders, including government agencies, businesses,

NGOs, local communities, and indigenous groups. Partnerships play an

essential role by fostering collaboration, innovation, scalability, shared

responsibility, and capacity building. By working together, stakeholders

can address the complex challenges of biodiversity conservation and

achieve more sustainable outcomes for both people and the planet.

We are members of the National Biodiversity and Business Network

(NBBN), which enables us to contribute to the industry becoming a

positive force for nature conservation in South Africa. The network –

which falls under the ambit of the Endangered Wildlife Trust – works with

companies across industry sectors to help them lessen their impacts on

the natural environment and identify more sustainable ways of operating.

We continue to participate in the NBBN’s working group for the mining

sector, which comprises representatives from major mining companies

and SANBI. Our business aims to explore common challenges and

risks, share best practices and develop collaborative solutions to shared

challenges, while facilitating important interactions with key local and

international stakeholders such as the JSE Limited, government, and

theInternational Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN).

During the year, we partnered with the MTPA on the development

ofa fish-breeding facility at Loskop Dam. This will become a centre

oflearning on indigenous fish species and will go on to replace stocks of

fish lost not just to the Olifants-Wilge catchment, but to similarly affected

river systems across the country. Wealso contributed to the agency’s

black-footed cat breedingprogramme and a project that has seen

theintroduction ofNilecrocodile to the region.

#### Performance

We have made great strides in restoring biodiversity after the level 4

environmental incident that occurred at Khwezela’s closing Kromdraai

site in February 2022.

In 2023, we opened a nursery that will propagate a million trees

over three years. These trees form an essential component of our

long-term post-closure water management strategy, which includes

phytoremediation – a biological process that uses trees to stabilise water

levels by taking up mine-impacted water and reducing ingress. Four

indigenous species are being grown for planting on our sites. Members

of the local community are involved in the running of the nursery and

activities in the field.

Biodiversity priority projects

Each operation is required to embark on an annual project with tangible

and measurable positive outcomes on biodiversity. These projects

focus on enhancing biodiversity with the objective of either supporting

ecosystems or specific species. They were preceded by the completion

of a biodiversity deep dive at our six operational sites. Given that our

operations impact biodiversity in aquatic and wetland systems, four of

our sites have chosen to implement wetland rehabilitation projects.

#### Black-footed cat project

We are funding a five-year research project to determine

the conservation status of the rare black-footed cat.

Endemic to southern Africa, the black-footed cat, or Felis nigripes, is

the continent’s smallest cat and the second smallest in the world. It has

also been listed by the IUCN as the most vulnerable species of all sub-

Saharan felines.

The species is distributed across several parts of the highveld, which

makes Mpumalanga important to its long-term survival.

The study has been initiated by the MTPA and will include the

participation of researchers from the Endangered Wildlife Trust, the

universities of Johannesburg and Venda, and private landowners.

Headquartered at the Loskop Dam Nature Reserve, the project

will see scientists gather data on the cat’s geographical distribution

within the province, local population densities and genetic diversity.

Researchers also aim to gain deeper insights into its habitat

preferences and threats.

Data will be gathered during field surveys and spotlight searches,

as well as through the placement of camera traps near springhare

holes, where these species often live, and biological sampling. Each

animal will be collared, microchipped and released.

Thungela is no stranger to the black-footed cat having won third

prize in the Nedbank Capital Green Mining Awards for a breeding

project our Goedehoop site started in 2005. Since then, 14 cats

have been bred in captivity and released into various habitats.

Details of our progress can be found on page 34, where we provide

afull update of measures taken to restore the affected area.

62

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Harnessing nature data

Isibonelo was featured in an international publication that highlights the industry’s

use of environmental-DNA (eDNA) to measure and protect biodiversity.

The mine is included alongside global members of the extractive, exploration, environmental

resource management and transport and energy sectors, including the ICMM.

The paper was published against a backdrop of ever-changing environmental legislation and rising

pressure on the mining sector to increase output while at the same time protecting biodiversity.

The paper states that resource companies will need to quadruple their current output so that the

world can create sufficient renewable capacity to meet the Paris Agreement’s 2040 goal. This

means more mining that cannot take place at nature’s expense.

To protect biodiversity, their reputations and – increasingly – their good standing with the law,

mining companies are turning to new tools and techniques to enable them to measure nature safely,

cost-efficiently and on a much larger scale. One of these is eDNA.

The paper describes how Isibonelo was able to detect the presence of 108 species from just seven

water samples taken from local rivers and two of its wetland offset projects.

Although Isibonelo is using eDNA to gauge the re-establishment of species in previously degraded

wetlands, the technology can be used in a variety of other ways. These include baseline data

collection before mining begins, detecting the presence of rare and sensitive species, checking

thehealth of mine-impacted water courses and post-rehabilitation monitoring.

#### Looking ahead

In 2024, our BMPs will be reviewed and updated. We will continue our focus on enhancing spatial

biodiversity data while tracking and auditing biodiversity projects. Apart from creating awareness of

biodiversity among employees, we will review and evaluate Ensham Mine’s approach for alignment with ours.

#### Crocodiles return to Loskop Dam

We are proud to have supported the reintroduction of the Nile crocodile to the Loskop

Dam Nature Reserve and its surrounding catchments.

The collaborative effort between our closed collieries department, the MTPA and Africa’s foremost expert on

the species, Dr Hannes Botha, involved the tagging and release of three mature crocodiles in August 2022.

The goal was to determine whether these reptiles could be safely reintroduced to the region after a series of

crocodile deaths going back as far as 2007.

These losses were attributed to pansteatitis, a condition that results in paralysis and is caused by the

accumulation of heavy metals, salts and aluminium in water and fish.

Crocodiles are the apex predators in this aquatic system which means that they are an excellent indicator

species. Scientists believe that if these reptiles thrive in an ecosystem, it can be deduced that water qualities

are good enough to sustain all trophic levels of the food chain.

Surgically attached global positioning system (GPS) transmitters that we donated to the research team

enabled experts to monitor where the crocodiles congregated, fed and how far up the river system they

travelled, with one transmitter sending out signals for more than 460 days.

Based on the data that was collected, it was established that the Loskop Dam is suitable to sustain diverse

aquatic biodiversity and that it was indeed possible to reintroduce crocodiles to the area. This culminated

inthe release of 20 more crocodiles in February 2024.

Credit: Dr Francois Roux

63

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

## SOCIAL

03

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

64

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

#### Our safety, health and environmental (SHE) policy

#### is founded on the following three pillars:

#### Safety

#### Safety is our first value

#### and core to every action

and decision we take. We

#### believe that one injury is one

#### too many and are intensely

focused on eliminatingincidents that cause loss of

#### life and life altering injury.

#### Performance

Performance metric

2023 2022 2021 2020

Fatality 1 0 1 1

Lost-time injuries 20 15 15 17

Medical treatment cases 8 10 9 12

TRCFR per million hours 1.40 1.41 1.35 1. 51

Lost-time injury frequency rate per million hours 0.97 0.85 0.81 0.85

It is with deep sadness that we report the loss of Breeze Mahlangu on

28February 2023. Mr Mahlangu died 78 days after sustaining a head injury

the previous year. A member of Zibulo Colliery’s directional drilling team, he

was injured when the wrench that he was tensioning a drill rod with slipped

and struck him on the side of the head.

A comprehensive investigation resulted in improvements to the directional

drilling process and the implementation of a more rigorous medical review

procedure for head injuries.

Total recordable injuries rose from 25 in 2022 to 29 in the period under

review. This equates to a total recordable case frequency rate (TRCFR) of 1.40

(2022: 1.41). Lost-time injuries (LTIs) also went up from 15 to 20. Most of these

incidents occurred during materials handling (30%), slips, trips and falls (20%),

the uncontrolled release of energy (15%) and falls of ground (15%).

In the reporting year, 10 high-potential incidents (HPI) (2022: 6) occurred, each

one of which could have resulted in one or more fatalities. These were related to

mobile equipment, falls of ground, the uncontrolled release of energy (contact

with electricity and release of tension) and assault, violence and crime.

Leading indicators, including HPIs and high-potential hazards (HPH), are

analysed and inform the ongoing development of site safety interventions.

HPH reporting is actively encouraged at all levels so that hazards can be

eliminated before an incident occurs. During the year, employees identified

and addressed 2,444 HPHs (2022: 1,975). This increase signals a positive

increase in the awareness of safety risks.

A ZERO HARM MINDSET

Applying the mitigation

hierarchy to all impacts

and risks arising from

ouractivities, products

andservices.

NO REPEATS

Learning from

every incident and

audit findings to

prevent repeats.

SIMPLE, NON-

NEGOTIABLE

STANDARDS

Ensuring full compliance

with simple, non-negotiable

standards and procedures.

65

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

1

#### Fatality

2022: 0

1.40

#### TRCFR(Per million

#### hoursworked)

2022: 1.41

0.97

#### LTIFR

#### (Per million

#### hoursworked)

2022: 0.85

10

#### HPIs

2022: 6

#### Pockets of safety excellence

A large number of teams continue to demonstrate their unfailing commitment to

safety having worked without harm for extended periods.

Goedehoop Colliery, which employs 794 employees and 261 permanent contractors, was presented

with a best-in-class award at MineSafe 2023. Staged by the Southern African Institute of Mining and

Metallurgy, the awards aim to advance the achievement of zero harm in South African mining. When

the awards were presented, the site had worked injury-free for more than 300 days and achieved

aTRCFR of 0.37.

Greenside’s Thusanang continuous miner section has worked without a LTI for more than 14 years, its

5-seam plant for 22 years and surface engineering team for 28 years.

Zibulo’s opencast operation has worked more than five years without a LTI and three years without

arecordable injury.

We have confidence in the systems, standards and procedures in place to manage our safety risks

andare heartened by the fact that the vast majority of employees consistently display their commitment

to achieving a fatality- and injury-free workplace.

That said, it is imperative that we do more to develop a deeper understanding of why some individuals

and isolated teams knowingly engage in high-risk behaviour.

66

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our approach

Safety framework

Our risk-based safety framework focuses

on the elimination of fatalities and must

be driven at every level. Leaders, starting

with the board and executive committee,

assume overall accountability for creating

a safe working environment, while

employees maintain the right to refuse

unsafe acts and conditions without fear

ofvictimisation.

We strongly believe that by diligently

applying all aspects of our safety

management system at all times,

employees can realise our goal for

afatality-free workplace.

Culture change

Work management

Getting the basics right

OUR SAFETY STRATEGY IS

FOUNDED ON THREE PILLARS:

Our success depends on ensuring that the fundamentals of safe behaviour,

namely focused leadership interactions, high-risk work verification and

operational risk management, are consistently applied. These are contained

in our Eyethu Rules and the Six Essentials of safe work which, we believe,

guarantee safety when adhered to at all times.

The Eyethu Rules refer to 13 life-saving codes that are based on our critical

controls and create the foundation for a fatality-free working environment,

while the Six Essentials relate to aspects that must be in place for the safe

execution of work. They include rigorous planning, safe work area design,

systematic change management, effective supervision, correct tools and

equipment and creating a competent workforce.

Critical controls are identified through our operational risk management

processes and are implemented to prevent priority unwanted events. These

controls involve one or a combination of acts, engineered solutions or

systems and are designed leveraging the expertise of our subject matter

experts and employees directly involved with the tasks associated with each

control.

We continually assess the effectiveness of our critical controls as indicated

by the 11,889 critical control inspections that were completed across our

operations in 2023. We do, however, recognise the need to consistently

confirm their timeous application. This is partly done during focused

leadership interactions (FLI) in which leaders visibly demonstrate their

commitment to safety. This activity supports the fostering of safety-conscious

behaviour and ensures that safety practices are not just communicated but

genuinely felt and followed by all members of the workforce. Over 23,000

FLIs were undertaken during the year.

When an incident occurs, our learning from incidents (LFI) standard

guides the process to be followed to ensure that an incident of that nature

is prevented from reoccurring. This five-step process – first response,

classify and notify, analyse, report, and share and learn – describes in

detail the actions to be taken at each stage. A monthly learn and share

session isattended by all site management teams, support services and

theexecutive committee.

High-risk work and non-routine tasks are supervised by competent

individuals as part of a high-risk work verification process. This process was

integrated into 7,154 tasks (2023: 7,821).

Getting the basics right

Work management is an operating model that facilitates the approval, planning,

resourcing and scheduling of all tasks in advance. It was instituted on the premise that

planned work is significantly safer, more productive and cost-effective than work that

is not. The model has been rolled out to all underground mines and one opencast

operation and adopted by major contracting partners at these sites.

This way of working has been further refined with the introduction of intrinsically

safe and robust digital devices that enable personnel to access the information and

documentation they need underground and in the pit, plant and workshop.

All tasks raised are accompanied by a job risk assessment or work execution

document (WED) which provides step-by-step instructions on the critical controls that

must be in place before and during the execution of a task. WEDs have been compiled

for more than 6,825 tasks.

Work management

Culture change

Our culture change journey, which is supported by the sustainable risk reduction

programme we initiated in partnership with Du Pont, continues to mature and evolve. It

was designed to instil a more disciplined and proactive safety culture by incorporating

risk into everyday management routines.

During the year, we conducted a full review of sustainable risk reduction on our

operations and compiled an action plan to be implemented in 2024.

The review included:

The review found that while we do have the correct structures and processes in place,

the key area to be addressed is the human factor. For example, improving the way we

onboard new employees into Thungela’s way of work, how we assist people who have

been promoted in their new roles and what leadership interactions should include.

Key aspects of

management routines

such as meetings,

planning and change

management

Leadership routines

such as interactions

and personal

developments

Short-term, high-

impact projects that

address risks

67

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### The role of technology in mine safety

Technology plays a pivotal role in our safety effort. In opencast

environments, the technologies in use include collision avoidance

systems for heavy mining machinery and light delivery vehicles

(LDVs), GPS-based navigational clearance systems to ensure that

all personnel have left blasting areas prior to detonation, radar

scanning technologies to detect movement in slopes and highwalls

and live boom-height monitoring using radar.

Drones and unmanned aircraft systems have become indispensable

tools as they enable sites to conduct surveillance over vast areas

without exposing employees to unnecessary risk. Applications

include security, highwall mapping and the surveillance of mineral

residue facilities for spontaneous combustion.

Personnel transporters and vehicles operated by contracting

companies have been fitted with advanced driver assistance

systems to substantially reduce accidents and incidents on public

roads. These monitor seat-belt use, following distance, turn signals,

hard braking, harsh acceleration, speed, fatigue and distracted

driving. A fully integrated breathalyser prohibits vehicles from

starting should alcohol be detected.

Proximity detection and collision avoidance technology has

played an instrumental role in substantially reducing human-vehicle

interaction underground.

Zibulo Colliery uses artificial intelligence (AI) to interrogate live

video footage recorded by cameras installed at strategic points

across the mine’s 21km underground conveyor network. Introduced

to reduce conveyor-related accidents and injuries, the system

sets off an alarm in the control room should an individual position

themselves too close to a conveyor structure or attempt to climb over

it. Control and instrumentation specialists will test the effectiveness of

AI in the detection of underground fires, smoke and cable damage

in 2024.

#### Safety campaigns during high-risk periods

Increased safety awareness is promoted during the quarter 4.5 season which runs from October through to the end of

January. Safety campaigns are designed to prevent unwanted lapses in concentration, guard against complacency and

minimise fatigue during this high-risk time.

Activations were traditionally conceptualised by the centralised safety department. However in 2023, each mine devised its own initiative focusing

on its unique areas of concern.

For example, Greenside Colliery’s safety campaign was entitled ‘Mindful Mining’ and encouraged employees and contractors to be fully present

and engaged in every task. Centralised service departments competed against one another in the ‘Tour de Thungela’ and were rewarded for high-

quality hazard reporting. Goedehoop’s cricket-themed campaign saw teams earn runs for positive safety behaviour and wickets fall when standards

fell short, while the Elders project team leveraged excitement garnered during the 2023 Rugby World Cup with its campaign, ‘Don’t drop the ball!’.

Each campaign addressed mines’ specific safety challenges, either through increased engagement between management and employees or

through supplementary practical and theoretical training on problem areas identified through leading indicators.

68

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Safety training

Safety training takes place across all levels and in various ways. Among these

are the development programme we are currently rolling out to frontline leaders,

annual induction training and daily safety briefings. Artisans, including contractors,

undergo routine planned task observations conducted by competent individuals to

ensure that they are able to perform tasks safely.

In 2023, we updated our three operational risk management (ORM) modules,

with our own standards. These courses deal with continuous, task, issue-based and

baseline risk management, the four layers of our operational risk management

process. Employees will be trained on these modules in 2024.

#### Safety management

Robust SHE systems set out our requirements for the management of occupational

health and safety risks.

These are contained in a suite of documents, including:

• The Thungela SHE Policy.

• SHE International Standards Organization (ISO) standards and specifications

and toolkit (ISO 45001 and ISO 14001).

• Technical and SHE standards and specifications that cover the management

ofkey risks.

• External standards and certifications such as the South African National

Standards.

All sites are aligned with and assured against the ISO 45001 international

standard for occupational health and safety management. Additionally, they each

produce annual safety improvement plans to track performance against targets

and address deficiencies identified over the preceding 12 months.

We have a constructive relationship with the Department of Mineral Resources and

Energy (DMRE) and the safety inspectorate. The DMRE issued 12 safety-related

Section 54s to five of our sites in 2023. A Section 54 refers to a provision of the

South African Mine Health and Safety Act and empowers the Chief Inspector of

Mines to issue a directive to suspend operations at a mine or section of it, if they

believe there is an imminent danger to the health and safety of employees.

Our internal section 54 process is used to improve accountability and

transparency, with each operation having ordered at least one stoppage during

the year. We will continue to encourage site management teams to utilise this

process as a way of addressing root cases before incidents occur.

No notices of non-compliance were served in 2023.

#### Looking ahead

A change across the entire business is required if we are to achieve our desired safety culture. We have now

created “Safety” as a stand-alone pillar in our business strategy as we remain unconditional and single minded

about being a fatality-free business.

We continue to strengthen our safety controls and culture, and have instituted measures from the executive level

through to the front-line to live up to the promise that everyone goes home safely every day. Part of this involves

giving employees complete clarity on our expectations of them in this critical area. It has been established that

the safety portions of performance contracts should be more specific. These will therefore be replaced by a

standard set of key performance indicators that will be linked to our three pillar safety strategy.

We will also be introducing third-party verifications to improve the application of critical controls and will be

rolling out training on learning from incidents and ORM.

69

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Prioritising a strong and healthy workforce is an essential component of our

#### culture of care and creates the pathway to sustained business success.

Our health programmes focus on helping employees and contractors

manage both their personal health risks and occupational hazards in

the work environment through ongoing awareness and occupational

risk and hazard management. Where the elimination of health hazards

is not possible, we aim to reduce them to levels as low as reasonably

practicable.

Our main occupational health risks are exposure to respirable dust,

noise, fatigue and thermal stress due to recent heatwaves and rising

global temperatures. We recorded three cases of occupations

diseasein2023 (2022: 4).

#### Approach

Our approach to health is guided by our SHE policy and management

systems, together with our own technical standards and the ISO 45001

and 14001 standards and specifications.

We carry out intensive training to ensure that employees are aware of

the hazards they face and that they understand the measures required

to mitigate them. Risks are prevented or mitigated through engineering

solutions and the provision of appropriate personal protective equipment

(PPE) such as masks, custom hearing protection and specialised

clothing when exposure exceeds safe limits. All PPE adheres to stringent

national and international standards, including specific requirements for

women. Additionally, we implement administrative controls when these

risksoccur.

We have implemented real-time digital solutions that monitor

environmental conditions and trigger alerts when exposure to hazards

such as noise and inhalable particles reach unsafe levels. This prompts

timely intervention to determine the root causes so that remedial action

can be taken. We continue to work with the Minerals Council’s Mining

Industry Occupational Safety and Health noise and dust teams on the

adoption of industry-leading practices.

#### Occupational health

Employees and contractors are required to undertake an annual medical

certificate of fitness examination. The detection of early and low-level

signs of exposure in these compulsory assessments has resulted in a

continued improvement in our performance. All cases are investigated to

identify their root causes so that appropriate actions can be taken. Key to

this process is hazard identification, assessment and control. In the event

of a serious occupational incident, the same learning-from-incidents

process used in safety investigations, is applied.

#### DUST

Prolonged exposure to dust in underground coal mining environments

can put miners at risk of occupational lung conditions, including coal

workers’ pneumoconiosis, chronic obstructive airways disease and

occupational tuberculosis (TB).

#### Real-time dust monitoring

Advancements in sampling technologies that provide dust

readings in real time will bring about a step-change in this area

as workers can now immediately take corrective action should

pre-set thresholds be reached. In previous years, laboratory

analysis determined exceedances after the event, which meant

that mitigation measures were largely reactive.

Furthermore, the emphasis has shifted from legal coal dust

compliance at 2 milligrams (mg) per cubic metre (m

3

) to the Mine

Health and Safety Council’s (MHSC) 2024 milestone target of

1.5 mg/m

3

.

During the year, we introduced portable dust monitors to high-risk

exposure groups in underground sections and on-board monitors

for continuous miners. In addition, static monitors have been

installed at intake airways and are linked to supervisory control

and data acquisition systems. These systems empower workers to

proactively stop work and implement immediate corrective actions.

The emphasis will now be on educating employees on how to

respond to alarms as per the trigger action response plan for dust.

Other projects set for implementation are the switch from dry to

wet drilling methods and the continued trialling of a foam additive

to dampen dust at conveyor transfer points.

During the year, we recorded eight voluntary stoppages to mitigate

occupational hygiene risks related to dust exposure underground. A total

of 522 employees (8.3% of the workforce) operate in areas classified as

homogenous exposure group (HEG) A for respirable dust (2022: 639).

Members of the workforce are encouraged to report HPHs, including

those related to dust. Reports remained static at 124 cases in 2023

compared to 121 in 2022. This demonstrates a maturity in the way the

workforce views occupational dust risks.

We received an application for certification of class action from Richard

Spoor Incorporated on behalf of various claimants in relation to coal

miners’ pneumoconiosis. We are in the process of considering the class

action, its potential consequences, and the next steps.

70

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### NOISE

Unfortunately, two new cases of noise-induced hearing loss

(NIHL) were diagnosed in 2023 (2022: 2). Our focus remains

on controlling exposure at source and protecting employees who

work in environments where noise levels exceed an eight-hour

85 decibel (dBA) limit.

Our operations have developed comprehensive noise registers

comprising an equipment inventory and mitigation measures to

reduce overall noise readings. None of our equipment produces

noise levels above 105 dBA as per the MHSC’s 2024 milestone

requirement. Employee and contractor education on hearing

conservation continues, while custom-made hearing protection

devices are issued to those at risk of exposure at and above

85 dBA. Noise zones are clearly demarcated and the use of

protective devices is closely monitored. To detect early hearing

deterioration, we conduct both annual and ad hoc (dependent

on noise exposure) audiometric screenings, which incorporate

the required standard threshold shift.

During the year, we focused on ensuring greater accountability

and discipline among frontline leadership to make certain

that standards and critical controls are adhered to. Various

stakeholders are now involved in the creation of dust

improvement plans and investigations, while site control rooms

play an active role in managing exceedances.

The incidence of exposure to levels greater than 85 dBA over an

eight-hour time-weighted average (TWA) declined further from

2,914 in 2021, to 2,643 in 2022 and 3,622 in 2023.

#### Progress against the MHCS’s 2024 occupational health milestones

NIHL Performance against target

To eliminate

noise-induced

hearing loss by

December 2024.

• Total operational or process noise emitted by any

equipment must not exceed a milestone sound pressure

level of 105 dBA.

• No employee’s standard threshold shift should exceed

25dBA from the baseline when averaged at 2,000,

3,000 and 4,000 hertz in one or both ears.

• Two cases of NIHL recorded in 2023.

• No equipment emitting sound pressure levels

above105dBA.

• No workers were exposed to noise above 105 dBA

over=an eight-hour TWA.

• Employees exposed to noise above 85 dBA over

aneight-hour TWA are provided with PPE.

Coal workers’ pneumoconiosis Performance against target

To eliminate

coal workers’

pneumoconiosis

by December

2024.

• 95% of exposure measurement results for coal workers’

pneumoconiosis will be below the milestone level of

1.5mg/m

3

.

• Using current diagnostic techniques, no new cases

ofpneumoconiosis will occur among previously

unexposed individuals\*.

• We have not recorded any cases of coal workers’

pneumoconiosis since 2019.

• We have seen a steady reduction in the number of

people in the HEG A respirable hazards category owing

tothecontrol measures implemented.

\*  Previously unexposed individuals were not exposed to mining dust before December 2008 (equivalent to a new person entering the industry in 2009).

New cases of occupational disease

2023 2022

2021 2020

Noise-induced

hearingloss 2 2 1 6

Chronic obstructive

airways disease  0 1 0 0

Occupational TB 1 1 0 0

Occupational asthma 0 0 0 0

Coal workers’

pneumoconiosis 0 0 0 0

71

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### HIV/AIDS

The first pillar in our HIV strategy is testing. By knowing their status,

individuals can take care of their health and prevent the further spread

of the disease. High annual testing rates and administering early anti-

retroviral treatment (ART) have played an important role in our fight

against HIV/AIDS.

In 2022, we aligned our targets for HIV with the upgraded Joint

United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS’ (UNAID) 95-95-95 goals.

This means that by 2030, 95% of our employees should know their

HIV-status, that 95% of those who test positive be administered ARTs

and that 95% on treatment have undetectable viral loads.

During the year under review, we achieved 98% testing, while 96%

of employees who are HIV-positive, are on ART. Although it is difficult

to determine the percentage of employees who have suppressed

viralloads (many are treated by health professionals outside our

health service), we can confirm that at least 83% have suppressed

viral loads.

New HIV infections fell from 33 in 2022 to 20 in 2023.

98%

#### Employees who know

#### their HIV status

2022: 95%

96%

#### HIV-positiveemployeeson ART

2022: 95%

#### Tuberculosis

We take pride in our ongoing endeavour to combat tuberculosis

(TB), a highly infectious disease that claimed the lives of about

54,000 people in South Africa in 2022 alone. Mining is still

regarded as a hotspot for transmission due to historically high

transmission rates.

As a member state of the United Nations, South Africa has made a

commitment to eradicate TB as an epidemic by 2030 – a cause we

actively support through various means.

These include our ongoing collaboration with the Department of

Health, the Witbank Specialised TB Hospital and community-based

health organisations such as the Employment Bureau of Africa,

which supports efforts to trace and treat employees, contractors

and dependents who are infected with the disease.

We are pleased to report that the surge in cases we experienced

in 2022 (five) receded to two. This rise in cases was consistent

with worldwide trends and can be attributed to misdiagnoses and

delayed access to treatment during the pandemic. Our annualised

TB incidence rate stands at an all-time low of 44 per 100,000

employees compared with South Africa’s 468 per 100,000.

This achievement comes thanks to early detection facilitated both

during employees’ mandatory medical certificate of fitness and

via the Vital Six, which includes screening for TB. We encourage

screening at every opportunity rather than have workers wait to

participate in the compulsory annual medical certificate of fitness.

Most significant on our journey to end TB in our workforce is the

fact that the majority of employees who live with HIV are on ART.

We have not recorded a single TB-related death in our permanent

workforce since 2018.

72

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Self-service wellness stations

Our Highveld Hospital situated in eMalahleni has invested in

two high-tech medical self-service stations that give employees

adetailed view of their current health in minutes.

#### EMPLOYEE WELLNESS

2023 was a landmark year for employee health

and wellbeing as 98% (2022: 95%) of the

workforce presented for voluntary HIV counselling

and testing (HCT), which forms part of the ‘Vital

Six’. The Vital Six are blood pressure, blood sugar,

body mass index, cholesterol, TB and HCT.

This testing achievement is thanks to significant

efforts by site management teams, wellness

champions and medical staff who vigorously

promote testing throughout the year. Energy and

awareness around testing were created early

in the new year, with one site already having

achieved 95% by March 2023. Three mines

achieved 100% testing by the end of the year.

Our wellness programme aims to prevent and

manage illness by means of health education

and promotion, site screening and medical

surveillance, which aid in the early identification

of disease and referral for appropriate treatment,

follow up and care.

Screenings give employees and contractors the

information they need to proactively manage their

health. Approximately 37% of our workforce have

chronic medical conditions and 19% are classified

as obese.

BY

By doing the following, you’ll be

able to get to where you need to be

B

Where do you need to be?

ABBY

STANDS

FOR:

A

Where are you with your health?

Named Abby, these robotic health assistants have been positioned in the

hospital’s outpatients’ department and occupational health centre, so that

employees and contractors can monitor their own vitals.

Abby conducts more than 20 different health checks and collects 38 data

points in a mere three minutes. This means that health staff have more time to

consult and coach, while patients are empowered with a detailed dashboard

and tips on how to address current and future health concerns.

The dashboard provides detailed information on, among many others, body

mass index, body fat percentage, blood oxygen levels, blood pressure

andmetabolic and vascular age.

73

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Financial wellness

Financial stress can have a significant effect on mental health and a

person’s ability to work safely and productively. Our Bokamoso financial

wellness programme has made significant strides in alleviating high

levels of indebtedness within our workforce.

Financial advisors from Summit Financial Partners are based at

each of our mines to help employees get out of debt and achieve

financialfreedom.

Since its inception in 2017, the programme has garnered R44.2 million in

savings and refunds by negotiating with creditors on employees’ behalf,

challenging excessive or illegal garnishee orders and unscrupulous

lending practices.

This figure includes:

R31.9 million

in debt relief instalments,

R8 million

in interest on debt,

R3.1 million

from loan audits,

Savings of more than

#### Mental health

We offer an employee assistance programme, administered by ICAS.

The programme is tailored to provide professional, confidential support

to all employees and their dependents to address a variety of issues

including stress, relationship concerns, organisational and managerial

issues, trauma and bereavement, depression and anxiety, adapting

to change and addictive behaviour. The programme can be accessed

through a dedicated toll-free number around the clock and is available

in 11 languages.

To improve use of the service in 2023, we ran extensive employee

awareness campaigns on mental health and the availability of the

service. We monitor feedback received from ICAS on reported themes

and take steps to ensure that all our employees receive the most relevant

benefits from these programmes. A review by ICAS of Thungela’s

employee engagement of the service versus the mining sector showed

that our utilisation rates are roughly double the sector average for

individuals and quadruple the sector average when it comes to group

interventions that include child, couple, family and group trauma

interventions in the workplace.

R800,000

on garnishee orders, and

Savings of nearly

R400,000

In addition, 680 garnishee orders have been audited and reduced

by70%, while 21 employees have had their cars and homes saved

from repossession. Behavioural change is a cornerstone of Bokamoso’s

success. Since inception, more than 6,000 employees have participated

in financial wellness sessions, resulting in a noticeable reduction in

unsecured loans. Secured loans have increased substantially, with

187bonds and 792 vehicle finance purchases being granted.

When Bokamoso was first introduced, 66% of participating employees

spent at least 40% of their take-home pay on debt repayments. This

figure has declined to 11% and today, 63% are rated as being in

‘financial good health’.

#### Looking ahead

Our health service will continue to focus on TB screening given the

success we achieved in 2023, while smoking – a particular risk for

underground workers – will be addressed through the further rollout

oftobacco cessation programmes. Special emphasis will be placed

onemployees in the HEG A category. Additionally, we aim to accelerate

efforts to eliminate stigma around mental illness and create greater

awareness of the support channels that are available to employees.

Wewill also be updating our medical system to include the risk of

thermal stress.

in debt through the rescheduling

of payments.

74

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our people

We depend on the support of agile, highly motivated individuals and

teams who are equipped with the knowledge, skills and insights needed

to excel in an ever-changing business landscape.

Our participation in the global Top Employers certification programme

has enabled us to take several strategic steps towards achieving our

ambition to be an employer of choice. We achieved certification for

the second time in 2023, and were once again rated on 20 elements,

incorporating excellence in employee conditions, our people’s

experience of the world of work, rewards and recognition, employee

wellbeing and nurturing talent at all levels.

The programme, which has certified more than 1,800 companies in

123 countries, enables us to learn from the world’s top employers,

identify areas for improvement in our people practices, and enhance our

reputation as an attractive company to work for.

Notable improvements were made across several key areas, including

values; ethics and integrity; diversity and inclusivity and sustainability.

Focus on other areas continued throughout the year and will be sustained

during 2024.

#### Core to our success is a workforce that engages wholeheartedly in

#### meeting our commitment to be a safe, productive and responsible miner.

75

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Nurturing a positive, connected

#### culture

In 2022, we undertook a review of the organisational spirit

that exists at other mining companies around the world and

gave considerable thought to the kind of environment we

wanted to create within our new organisation.

A baseline culture assessment enabled us to determine the

current climate and was followed in 2023 by a series of

town hall engagements across the business. Apart from

providing employees with feedback on the survey, the

sessions stimulated honest and open discussion among

employees about their experience at work. This enabled

usto better understand culture enablers, derailers and

symbols and rituals.

The results of these discussions were analysed to compile

culture action plans and 49 champions were nominated

to sustain our culture network. These champions facilitated

engagement workshops to gather employees’ views on

what actions should feed into their plans to sustain our

culture transformation.

We believe that values form the foundation of culture and

that culture, in turn, supports the delivery of our strategy.

Consequently, our culture transformation programme is firmly

rooted in our strategic framework.

Culture-focused activities are a work in progress

and will continue for an extended period. Positive

progress has, however, been noted in these areas:

So that we

deliver on Our

Purpose.

Our culture

allows us to

achieve our

five-pillar

strategy.

How we

behave every

day is The

Thungela

Way. This is

our culture.

The values

that guide our

behaviour.

Living the shared values ensures

the desired culture is embedded

#### Leaders role model the values and shape the culture

OPTIMISE

capital

allocation

CREATE

future diversification

options

MAXIMISE

the full potential

of our assets

DRIVE

our ESG

aspirations

SAFETY

To responsibly create value, together,

#### for a shared future

3

1

2

4

We

Enrich

We

Energise

We

Embrace

We

Empower

We

Engage

We

Care

EXCELLENCE AGILITY ENTREPRENEURSHIPCARE AND RESPECT ACCOUNTABILITYSAFETY

Increased visibility of site leaders and regular

engagement on topics that are relevant to their people.

Increased collaboration between employees and

management for positive outcomes.

Managers are now more equipped to hold honest

conversations and thereby build stronger relationships

within their teams.

76

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### THIS IS THE THUNGELA WAY –

#### the foundation of a truly inclusive

#### and diverse workforce

#### WE ENRICH

We offer an enriching

world of work in which

employees are encouraged

to fulfil their potential.

Individual development

plans, exciting career

paths and opportunities to

stretch themselves all unlock

meaningful growth and

development.

#### WE EMPOWER

We empower our employees

with the trust and autonomy

they need to achieve results.

Where possible, we have

ﬂexible, productive working

arrangements. We also

support a healthy work-life

balance.

#### WE ENERGISE

We are bold, ambitious

and driven by an owner-

mindset. This means having

an engaged workforce with a

high-performance culture.

#### WE ENGAGE

We support agile decision-

making and honest, open

communication. Our leaders

strive always to be engaged

and open to ideas, including

dissenting views. This is how

we grow together.

#### WE EMBRACE

Being a good employer

means creating a sense of

belonging where people

can bring their whole selves

to work. We believe in

embracing the differences that

make our people, and our

business, unique.

#### WE CARE

Core to our culture is the value

of care and respect. Apart

from caring for our people’s

safety and overall wellbeing,

we care for our environment

and host communities.

77

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Attracting and

#### retaining talent

Our business and people strategies

are closely connected as it is only by

attracting, developing and retaining the

right people in the right areas, that we

are able to achieve our objectives.

As a coal company, our employee

value proposition must go beyond

superior rewards, exemplary human

resources practices, and an unwavering

commitment to employee satisfaction

anddevelopment.

We must also demonstrate our

commitment to environmental

sustainability, ethical business practices

and social responsibility, while at the

same time advocating for the responsible

use of our commodity as the world

transitions to a lower carbon future.

Building a team of competent, committed

and highly-skilled employees who are

equipped to propel our business forward

is heavily dependent on a strong and

distinctive employee value proposition

and our ability to ensure that our people

achieve their personal and professional

aspirations, in a harmonious and

gratifying work environment.

A variety of actions are taken to address

current and future talent challenges and

focus heavily on diversity, opportunities

for growth and development and the

retention of high-performing individuals.

One of these measures is the use of

‘stay interviews’ to enable us to gain a

better understanding of talent retention-

related risks and put appropriate actions

inplace.

#### A talent pipeline for the future

Bursaries

Our world-class bursary scheme is open to academic achievers who wish to pursue qualifications

in technical disciplines, including mechanical, metallurgical, industrial and rock engineering;

geology, mineral surveying, the environmental sciences, and ventilation and occupational hygiene

engineering. Bursaries cover the cost of academic resources, accommodation and living expenses,

while students receive regular advice, motivation and support from our programme administrator.

The scheme gives preference to learners residing in our host municipalities where we have

endeavoured to improve the standard of teaching and learning, particularly in mathematics and

physical science, at local schools. Of the 34 bursars we currently have in the system, 27% come from

host communities. Every year, bursars spend six to eight weeks of their university vacations at our

mines so that they can gain exposure to the field. In their final year, each student is given a genuine

mining challenge to investigate, analyse and craft potential solutions for. These ideas are presented

to senior leaders, giving them an exciting opportunity to showcase their talents.

Professionals-in-training

Our professionals-in-training (PIT) programme provides newcomers with the

experience and confidence they need to take up substantive roles within

our organisation upon graduation from university. The programme currently

includes 62 graduates whose disciplines are largely aligned with our scarce

and critical skills needs. During their final year in the programme, each PIT is

assigned a real-world business challenge to address, the findings of which

are presented to a cross-section of senior leaders. The winning projects in

2023 involved the development of a groundwater information management

system and an application that enables the real-time tracking of mine

vehicles at one of our sites.

#### 40% of PITs come from the

#### Mpumalanga region

48%

#### are women

We

Embrace

We

Empower

We

Engage

We

Enrich

We Care

#### Benefits

Reward and recognition

Career growth

#### Work environment

#### Culture

#### Our employee value proposition

• Thungela culture and values

• Ethics integrity and social responsibility

• Market position

• Leadership behaviour that drives excellence

• We deliver on commitments and are responsible

and accountable for our actions

• Embrace diversity

• Corporate and social responsibility

• Celebrate success

• Mental and physical wellness programmes

• Employees entrusted with the autonomy they need to achieve results

• Support healthy work-life balance

• Industry competitive remuneration

• Performance bonuses

• Benefits, including retirement, medical aid, death

and disability cover

• Paid annual and maternity leave (four months

fully paid)

• Increases and career progression

• Share schemes

• Career growth and development

• A learning culture that encourages continuous and

anywhere learning

• High-performance culture with continuous feedback

• Ongoing career discussions

• Individually tailored development plans

• Stretch assignments

• Linear and non-linear career paths

• Education assistance

• Energised company

• Employer of choice

• Alignment across people, organisational culture,

values and principles

• Shaped by our ambition, values and goals

• Shared sense of purpose

• Inspires innovation and values ongoing learning,

career growth and development

• Agile decision-making and open two-way

communication

78

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Maximising talent

Our best practice talent

management process starts

with identifying current and

prospective future leaders,

working with them to help them

achieve their potential, and

hiring new talent to increase

thedepth and diversity of our

talent pool.

Workforce planning is matched

with present and future business

needs and is aligned with our

strategic objectives. Succession

planning ensures that we

have an adequate supply of

talent for business-critical roles

and successor development

is prioritised accordingly.

The outputs from this process

inform our talent build or

buystrategies.

Every year, employees update

their individual development

plans which enables them to set

career goals, plan team and

individual outputs, track their

growth over time and receive

coaching and study assistance.

Each plan is integrated into

our performance management

system and is based on the

70-20-10 principle.

Every two years, employees participate

in manager-once-removed sessions that

explore their individual career aspirations

and the support they need to achieve goals

that are aligned with company objectives.

Career development panels take place

every 18 to 36 months and enable

colleagues to connect with senior

managers, a process that accelerates the

visibility and mobility of talent. Stretch

assignments, secondment opportunities,

rotational moves, transfers and acting

opportunities are all possible outcomes

from these interventions.

Moreover, they provide talent with the

opportunity to achieve their full potential

inservice of the organisational strategy.

A formalised talent review and succession

planning process takes place annually and

includes deliberations on key people issues

across all levels.

Talent engagement processes are designed to both maximise

employees’ strengths and bridge development gaps by offering

them valuable opportunities to gain experience in specific areas.

ONTHEJOB LEARNING  COACHING FORMAL LEARNING

#### 70-20-10 principle

#### Successor development planning

10%70% 20%

Stretch assignments

Involvement in critical projects

Incorporating structured

challenges into existing roles

Lateral or upward moves

tobuildcapacity

Mentors impart knowledge and

experience, act as sounding boards

On-the-job coaching

Core leadership programmes

Focused learning solutions

to address development and

knowledge gaps

Study assistance

79

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Performance management

Performance management is crucial if we are to inspire a culture that is defined

by high performance. Our performance management framework is linked to a

variable pay component, or short-term incentive. It applies to PITs and employees

in middle management and above and is calculated using both individual (30%)

and team performance (70%). The business component is strongly aligned

with our business strategy and is based on 10 overarching metrics, including

components related to ESG (20%).

#### Learning and development

Learning and development plays a crucial role in our people

strategy as it contributes to the overall efficiency, safety

andsustainability of our operations.

Building skills takes place at all levels using a variety of

approaches – from immersive instruction to enhance machine

operator safety and performance using virtual reality – to

fostering team effectiveness for senior management and

executive-level employees. Further to this, programmes

extend to members of host communities, including people

withdisabilities.

In 2023, we spent R185.5 million on training, accounting

for 4.4% of our wage bill. This was significantly more than

the previous year’s R142 million and 4.2% of the wage

bill. Time spent on training per employee rose to 271 hours

(2022:219),while our average investment in training per

employee increased to R23,085 (2022: R21,006).

R185.5

#### million

Spent on learning and

#### development

R23,085

#### Average spent on training

#### peremployee

More details can be found in the remuneration

report in ourintegrated annual report.

Apart from holding leaders accountable for managing performance outcomes

and developing talent, the framework is designed to foster honest and open

conversations between managers and their subordinates.

It also harnesses the discretionary effort of employees to achieve higher levels of

performance and enables them to better understand their individual contribution to

strengthening our values and culture. During the year, managers were trained on

how to have difficult conversations and conduct effective two-way engagement.

Skilled and semi-skilled employees receive production bonuses that are based on

performance.

Employees trained

8,014

2022: 6,744

2021: 3,340

2020: 5,134

Investment in training (Rm)

185.5

2022: 141.5

2021: 117.4

2020: 76.7

Average spent on training per

employee (Rm)

23,085

2022: 21,006

2021: 32,065

2020: 14,940

Total training hours

1,973,856

2022: 1,478,562

2021: 425,000

2020: 572,280

80

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Digital human resources

In 2023, we further enhanced the depth and variety of content available on our learner

experience platform, a digital tool that facilitates personalised learning experiences online.

Programmes are tailored for

leaders at various levels and focus

on developing world-class business

and safety leadership skills; the

ability to be adaptable and agile;

enhanced financial and business

acumen and the nurturing of social

processing skills.

81 employees

completed three of the

#### academy’s programmes

in 2023 (2022: 97).

#### Leadership Academy

The Thungela Leadership Academy, which is designed to help embed the strategy, culture

and values that make up The Thungela Way, entered its second year. The academy’s six

courses were developed in partnership with the University of Pretoria’s Gordon Institute of

Business Science and are each accompanied by personalised coaching and assessments.

30

ASCEND

For the development of young leaders who have the personal,

interpersonal, and professional skills required to adapt, perform, and

learn in an environment characterised by volatility, complexity

andambiguity.

25

EXPLORE

Builds agile middle managers with the ability to think out of the box

and have the commercial acumen and leaderships skills to excel

inadynamic business environment.

For women executives and managers who want to progress in their

leadership roles and expand their impact. They learn how to overcome

gender challenges while mastering strategic communication and effective

and authentic leadership skills.

13

LEADING

WOMEN

As many as 45,000 courses, clips and slides

are available to employees on a vast number of

topics that cater for such disciplines as business

management, finance, engineering, the sciences,

safety and human resources. Content is also

available to enhance their personal and professional

development, with material on subjects including

health and wellness, mindfulness, leadership,

communication, assertiveness and public speaking.

Most material is immediately accessible and, where

not, automated requests can be sent to line managers

for approval. This generally applies for accredited

modules that progress to level five of the National

Qualification’s Framework (NQF).

Educational modules and study programmes may

take anything from 20 minutes to a full year to

complete, while the platform employs artificial

intelligence to curate and deliver content to users

based on their specific interests.

Employees have shown the most interest in material

related to IT, technology and personal development.

Efforts to promote the platform and its offering

willcontinue.

Talent and performance management and individual

development plans have all been digitised. In

2024, we will focus on the implementation of new

technology-enabled self-service offerings in the

human resources space.

Six months of individualised coaching was provided for 13 participants in the academy’s

Exceed and GM Accelerate programmes held in 2022. This enhancement ensures the

effective application of learning and personal growth by incorporating elements from

individuals’ development plans. Exceed focuses on senior managers and their aptitude for

agile and strategic thinking, while GM Accelerate is aimed at current and future general

managers and targets performance and operational excellence.

81

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Thungela Leadership Conference

During the year, we held the inaugural Thungela Leadership Conference, a three-day gathering that prompted leaders to consider

their own personal roles in securing our business’s success. It was held under the theme ‘Igniting our Purpose’.

Attended by the company’s top 50 leaders, delegates took stock of what

Thungela has achieved since listing in June 2021, set the strategic direction

for the short- to medium-term and determined what will be required to

guide our organisation through some challenging times ahead.

Continuing rail constraints, softening coal prices and inﬂationary pressures

all demand intense and decisive leadership focus to ensure that our

business thrives, despite the downturn.

The conference gave participants the insights they need to play their part in

delivering on our five strategic goals: safety, driving our ESG aspirations,

maximising value from our existing assets, future diversification options and

optimising capital allocation. The key themes were the power of purpose,

thriving in a downturn and charting the path forward.

After the event, delegates attended an online course on building strategic

agility. This focused on market, organisational and human systems and how

they relate to what was learned at the conference.

#### Frontline supervisory

#### leadership programme

Our new frontline leadership programme addresses

the capability gaps that were identified during

baseline and day-in-the-life assessments conducted

in 2022. In broad terms, these relate to mobilisation,

performance, planning, leading and holding people

to account.

The course, which is currently being rolled out

to employees at our Khwezela, Isibonelo and

Goedehoop mines, will result in:

• The improved ability of frontline managers to

manage change, drive team performance, solve

problems and make decisions.

• A single view of what good frontline leadership

looks like.

• The enhanced execution of day-to-day activities

and continuous improvement.

• The embedding of our operating model and

TheThungela Way.

A key aspect of the programme involves the

deployment of six coaches who accompany frontline

supervisors as they carry out their day-to-day duties,

practising what they have learned in the classroom

in their own unique working environments. In

addition, coaches provide guidance in three specific

areas highlighted in each participant’s individual

development plan.

The details of each coaching session are documented

and give an overview of the progress delegates make

in each competency. Coaches also highlight further

support required to help each delegate achieve the

desired outcomes. The programme will be rolled out to

all frontline leaders by mid-2025.

82

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Learnerships and internships

In2023, 38 individuals entered our mining and engineering learnership programme,

bringing the current number of learners in the system to 210. The programme is a

structured learning process for gaining theoretical knowledge and practical skills in

the workplace leading to a qualification registered by the NQF. This is linked to mine

Social and Labour Plans, increases our pool of qualified artisans and attracts learners

both from within the organisation and from host communities. Of the group, 97% are

black South Africans, 35% women and 70% community recruits.

We offer opportunities for work integrated learning through our internship

programme which caters for students whose qualifications are dependent on the

completion of practical training. During the year, 55 interns gained hands-on

experience at our sites.

Study assistance programme

Investing in our employees’ personal and professional development is a cornerstone

of our success. In 2023, our part-time study assistance scheme enabled 126

individuals to further their qualifications while balancing their commitments at work.

Of these, 89% are black South Africans and 38% women. Qualifications were

earned in 18 core areas of study, including human resources, asset management,

engineering, business and management development.

Upskilling communities

Each of our sites offers a range of free community skills training programmes that

are open to local youths. These involve a wide variety of marketable skills, including

cookery, hospitality, computer literacy, sewing, bricklaying, plumbing and welding.

During the year, a total of 225 community members were trained. Community skills

training forms part of one of our four socio-economic development impact goals.

Breakdown on learning and development

Expenditure (Rm) No of participants\*

Historically disadvantaged

persons (HDP) (%) Women (%)

Programme 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2021

Bursaries 16.2 22 .1 177 174 97 95 59 53

Internships, learnerships andPITs 110.3 77.2 549 443 96 95 48 46

Work-integrated learning (accredited learning) 14.4 15 .3 1,293 2,328 92 92 26 24

Informal training (external providers) 36.7 17. 3 3,206 1, 819 90 89 23 25

Informal training (internal trainers) 7.5 9.6 2,789 3 ,12 2 89 91 23 23

\*  The number of participants is greater than the total number of employees trained as some employees attend more than one programme.

#### Changing lives, one skill at a time

Nine unemployed youths are fully qualified electricians following their completion of a programme offered

by Zibulo Colliery.

The group had initially been enrolled in a four-month

domestic wiring course but demonstrated such dedication

that the site opted to sign them up for a full electrical skills

programme. All nine are now fully qualified artisans in a

trade that is in high demand.

The mine’s driver training programme helps young people get

their licences – a costly exercise, particularly for unemployed

youths. The mine has helped 43 young people get licensed

over the past two years.

Furthermore, 37 learners have been able to complete their

internships and Practice I and II training at Zibulo since

2021. This gives them the practical experience they need to

complete their degrees and diplomas.



Read more on page 92.

83

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Mining Qualifications Authority

Our centralised learning and development centre and site-based training

departments hold ISO 9001: 2015 certification. The former also holds

training provider status from the Mining Qualifications Authority (MQA),

while mine training centres are MQA-workplace approved. The MQA

is the statutory body responsible for ensuring that learning programmes

in the mining and minerals sector are aligned with standards set by the

Quality Council for Trades and Occupations and meet all requirements

of the Mine Health and Safety Act.

The body is funded by skills development levies paid by mining companies.

To increase their investment in training, companies are reimbursed for levies

paid for the implementation of various programmes. These reimbursements

are received as mandatory and discretionary grants.

Learnerships, internships and internal and community skills training

programmes comply with stringent MQA requirements. This has been

aided through an internal audit process that has resulted in a significant

rise in the payment of discretionary grant allocations.

People with disabilities

For the past three years, we have run a 12-month learnership programme

for people with disabilities. Candidates are sourced exclusively from host

communities and gain NQF level 3 and 4 qualifications.

The goal is for them to earn their certificates in courses that will increase

their chances of gaining employment.

One learner who participated in the supply chain programme has been

appointed as a procurement administrator at a leading gas and chemical

company. Other courses offered deal with project management, business

administration and information technology. A total of 153 people under

the age of 35 have been awarded learnerships over the past three years.

Minerals Education Trust Fund

We are an active member of the Minerals Education Trust Fund (METF),

an industry body that was established to support and enhance tertiary

education in the mineral resources sector.

The fund’s primary purpose is to aid in the attraction and retention of

suitably qualified academic staff specialising in mining, metallurgical

engineering and the geological sciences. The initiative’s ultimate

beneficiaries are 5,600 undergraduates at nine universities across

thecountry.

We hold a seat on the METF board and have contributed more than

R9.7 million to the fund since Thungela’s listing in mid-2021.

84

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our workforce

Our workforce is made up of 4,431 permanent employees (2022: 4,592) and 2,137 contractors

(2022: 1,983) who are based at our mines, projects sites, sites that are under care and

maintenance, centralised service departments and corporate headquarters in Johannesburg.

A total of 159 new employees were onboarded in 2023, while voluntary labour turnover fell

from 5.0% to 3.8%.

Workforce distribution

Permanent employees 2023 2022 2021 2020

Zibulo 915 949 896 925

Khwezela 562 557 545 980

Greenside 809 875 792 775

Goedehoop 777 783 797 799

Isibonelo 403 422 424 356

Mafube 424 427 410 378

Rietvlei 34 30 16 21

Head office and centralised services 507 549 566 642

Total own employees 4,431 4,592 4,446 4,876

Mining contractors 1,855 1,760 1,825 2,269

Capital projects contractors 282 223 175 101

Total contracting staff\* 2,137 1,983 2,000 2,370

Total workforce 6,568 6,575 6,446 7,246

\*  Numbers based on a fixed-term equivalent basis.

2023 2022

Percentage of employees with a permanent contract 94 93

Percentage of employees with a fixed-term contract 6 7

#### Inclusion and diversity

We promote a workplace environment where every colleague is valued and

respected for who they are, regardless of race, gender, sexual orientation, age,

religion or disability.

1

• Attract and retain targeted groups.

• Work towards equal representation

ofwomen.

• Deliberate target-setting and accountability.

• Succession planning and development to

secure and retain a diverse talent pool.

2

Facilitate equality and empowerment

• Equitable access to opportunities.

• Organisational ﬂexibility, responsiveness

and agility.

• Evidence of leadership commitment

todiversity.

3

Prioritise safety

• Provide education and awareness on

human rights and dignity.

• Review of safety policies and practices.

• Ensure sufficient safety structures, including

personal protective equipment.

• Improved and safe reporting channels.

• Communicate safety policies and

consequences.

• Psychological safety and awareness

ondiscrimination, bullying, harassment

andvictimisation (BHV).

4

Foster an inclusive culture

• Advocacy and awareness campaigns.

• Targeted training.

• Fostering transparency on inclusion

anddiversity plans.

• Continued monitoring and reporting

againstobjectives.

Drive diversity and representation

Our five-year

diversity and

inclusion strategy

is founded on

four pillars:

More than being an important contributor to organisational success, diversity is a legal requirement in South Africa where

companies are required to meet targets for designated groups, specifically HDPs. These include African, coloured and Indian

men, all women and people living with disabilities.

Our policy on inclusion and diversity reﬂects our commitment not just to legal compliance, but to building an environment

where all individuals are culturally and socially included, accepted and treated equally.

Another focus area is creating awareness of LGBTQA+ (lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, intersex and asexual)

rights. More than 100 employees and other stakeholders celebrated Pride Day and showed their support for the LGBTQA+

community during ‘Walk with Pride’, a five-kilometre fun walk’.

Please refer to page 123 for further information.

The ratio of permanent to fixed-term contractors stands at 1:16.

85

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

People with disabilities

A concerted effort is under way to increase our employment of people

living with disabilities. Employment in this category rose from 0.3%

to 1.5% in 2023, meeting the 1.5% target set by the Department of

Employment and Labour (DOEL). Accessibility audits were conducted

at all mines in 2023 to establish our readiness for the recruitment and

inclusion of persons with disabilities. This exercise sought to identify

environmental barriers across multiple areas, including parking facilities,

site entrances, restrooms, change houses and workshops. Short-,

medium- and longer-term solutions have been recommended.

We actively encourage employees to disclose visible and invisible

disabilities so that they can get the support they need to manage their

conditions, particularly if they work in safety-critical environments. We

view their response as a positive sign that awareness continues to erode

the needless stigma around disability.

Zero tolerance on discrimination, bullying, harassment

and victimisation

We have a zero-tolerance stance on discrimination and BHV and

strongly condemn any kind of behaviour that causes fear, intimidation

or harm. Those who either witness or are themselves exposed to such

behaviour are encouraged to report it to our independently managed

whistleblowing service, HAIBO!, their line manager or site human

resources department.

Our policy on BHV is aligned with the South African DOEL Code of

Good Practice on the Prevention and Elimination of Harassment in the

Workplace. All cases reported are thoroughly investigated and pending

the outcome, disciplinary action taken. During the year three cases were

reported and investigated, resulting in three disciplinary processes.

Standing up against gender-based violence

According to the World Health Organization, South Africa has one

of the highest rates of gender-based violence (GBV) in the world. We

recognise our responsibility to advocate for change and aim to play

our part in dismantling the systemic factors that contribute to this serious

societal challenge

A Thungela employee represents our business as chair of the DMREs

steering committee on GBV and femicide, and – together with another

colleague – has twice addressed the National Men’s Parliament in

the run-up to the annual 16 Days of Activism against GBV campaign.

In 2023, more than 100 employees participated in the 702 Walk

the Talk event and chose to walk for women in the fight against GBV

andfemicide.

Information on where affected colleagues can get support is periodically

communicated in our weekly newsletter which is available to employees

at all levels. Communications include details of our own internal

employee assistance programme and those of NGOs specialising

intheempowerment of victims of GBV and domestic abuse.

Employment equity

In South Africa we comply with the Employment Equity Act. This

legislation seeks to achieve equity by promoting equal opportunity

through the elimination of unfair discrimination based on race, gender

and disability. It also involves the implementation of affirmative action

measures to redress the historical disadvantages in employment

experienced by designated groups.

Our ongoing transformation strategy has seen a persistent rise in the

representation of previously disadvantaged South Africans across all

occupational levels. Empowerment is driven by targets set by the DMRE,

the DOEL and our own internal goals which extend beyond compliance.

As a way of furthering our efforts towards wider representation, we have

fully integrated employment equity targets into our recruitment process.

As an additional layer of governance, all appointments at a senior and

middle management level are approved by the responsible executive

and the business’s executive head of human resources.

Representation in senior management (excluding the executive committee)

climbed 5% from 62% to 67%, middle management from 72% to 74%,

and junior management from 82% to 85% in the reporting year.

Historically disadvantaged persons inmanagement(%) 2023

DMRE

TARGET 2022 2021 2020 2 019

Top management (executive committee) 38 50 38 38 33 22

Senior management 67 60 62 59 58 58

Middle management 74 60 72 70 66 64

Junior management 85 70 82 80 76 72

Core and critical 89 60 88 87 86 84

86

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Women in mining

Women account for 29% (2022: 28%) of our total workforce. The

number of women in senior management rose to 34%, exceeding our

internal target in this category by 1%.

These numbers are significantly higher than the targets set by the DMRE.

Work on the continued attraction, development and retention of female

employees will continue to ensure that they enjoy equal representation

across every level and discipline. Pregnant women are accommodated

in desk-based roles and provided with maternity leave and benefits that

surpass legal requirements. Additionally, bargaining unit employees may

apply for early child care support.

Labour relations

At our wholly owned operations, 88% of employees have the right

to freedom of association and collective bargaining. Of these,

73% are represented by the National Union of Mineworkers

(NUM). Membership at Mafube, our 50% joint venture with

Exxaro, is split between NUM (75%) and the National Union of

Metalworkers South Africa (17%). The balance is non-unionised.

In June 2023, Mafube and its two trade unions commenced

negotiations for the signing of a new wage agreement. Despite

extensive engagement and a protracted mediation process,

a deadlock ensued. This ultimately resulted in a 10-day work

stoppage during the final quarter of the year. A three-year

agreement was subsequently signed by all parties and will remain

in effect until July 2026.



No other incidents of strike action or labour disruption were

recorded. Neither were there any retrenchments or operational

changes with the potential to alter employees’ standing in our

business. Should such action be required, we commit to prompt

and honest engagement and compliance with Section 189 of

the Labour Relations Act. We would also place a moratorium on

any recruitment for all positions that are at risk of being affected

by the Section189 process, assess the number of employees

close to retirement and place other employees in available

vacancies before embarking on retrenchments. All of this is done

in consultation with the unions.

Women in management (%) 2023

DMRE

TARGET 2022 2021 2020 2 019

Top management 25 20 25 25 22 11

Senior management 34 25 30 26 22 19

Middle management 36 25 32 32 29 30

Junior management 30 30 27 25 23 23

Overall women as % workforce 29 28 27 25 23

29%

#### Proportion ofwomen in our

#### workforce

24%

#### Women in core

#### and critical roles

34%

Women in senior

#### management

87

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme

More than 3,400 workers belong to the Sisonke Employee Empowerment

Scheme which was established as one of the ways we deliver on our purpose:

to responsibly create value together for a shared future. It also serves to

entrench an ‘owner’s mindset’ as beneficiaries have a vested interest in our

business’s success.

The trust owns 5% of Thungela’s South Africa Coal Operations (SACO)

Proprietary Limited and is entitled to receive 5% of the dividends paid out.

Benefits after taxes and other expenses are shared equally among eligible

employees.

In 2023, dividends amounted to R312 million and were awarded following the

announcement of our 2022 and 2023 annual and interim results, respectively.

Our financial wellness partner, Summit Financial Services, hosted more than

200 financial awareness sessions before and after the awards were made.

These included industrial theatre and classroom instruction to explain the

scheme’s purpose, how it works and how participants can get the most out of

their money. Also incorporated were basic financial literacy and savings and

investment. Some 2,839 or 82% of beneficiaries were reached.

The board of trustees is made up of an equal number of employee and

employer representatives who held their first annual general meeting in 2023.

Code of conduct

Employees, managers and key suppliers have been trained

on the Voluntary Principles on Human Rights, our code of

conduct and business integrity policy. By the end of 2023,

97% of digitally connected employees had completed their

training online, while 93% of those who do not use computers

in their day-to-day work, participated in face-to-face

sessions. A respective 88% and 70% of contractor company

supervisors and employees underwent the same instruction.

Ongoing awareness topics focusing on the code’s various

elements educate employees on what is expected of them.

We adhere to the principles outlined in the International

Labour Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles

and Rights at Work. Among these are each employee’s

right to a safe and healthy working environment, equal

pay for equal work, freedom of association and collective

bargaining. We do not tolerate discrimination and child

andforced labour.

Housing and living conditions

Our efforts to promote sustainable home ownership have

resulted in 99% (2022: 98%) of all permanent employees

providing for their own accommodation. Apart from offering

an industry-leading housing allowance, we have made

a concerted effort to support employees by selling them

company-owned houses for a better rate than they would

gain on the open market. To date, 345 houses have been

sold and several more are being transferred into their new

owners’ names. Fifty-seven houses were sold in 2022 and

afurther 45 in 2023.

99%

#### Employees receive a

#### housing allowanceandlive

#### in their ownsustainableaccommodation

88

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

To accomplish this, we must ensure that every social contribution we make delivers maximum benefits, is firmly aligned with

community needs and aspirations, and achieves its intended impact. This all starts by gaining a true understanding of the context

inwhich we operate.

#### Impact with purpose

We aim to differentiate ourselves through the positive impact we

makebyinvesting in projects that improve the lives of people living

inhostcommunities.

Our operating context

All our South African sites are situated on the Highveld coalfields within the Nkangala

and Gert Sibande districts of the Mpumalanga province.

STEVE TSHWETE

LOCAL

MUNICIPALITY

ESTIMATED

POPULATION

317,18 7

YOUTH

(age 15 – 34)

40.7%

UNEMPLOYMENT

23%

HIGHER

EDUCATION

10.9%

#### Communities

A significant number of socio-economic challenges cut across all four host

municipalities. These include:

• High unemployment

• Inadequate infrastructure, including water and sanitation, energy, health,

transportation and connectivity

• Underperformance at primary and high school levels

• Insufficient education and skills training facilities

• A lack of quality early childhood development

• Demand for opportunities for small, medium and micro-sized enterprises

(SMMEs) that are heavily dependent on the mining sector

Coal mining, steel production and coal-fired power generation are the

lifeblood of communities in these regions. This renders them heavily dependent

on these sectors and their value chains for their livelihoods. They are particularly

vulnerable to the transition away from fossil fuels as the world moves towards a

low-carbon future. More pressing, is the fact that many of the mines and power

stations in the region are nearing the end of their economic lives.

Inﬂuenced by the challenges above, our socio-economic development ambition

is to enhance social wellbeing, and stimulate local economic development by:

• Providing access to quality education and skills development

• Improving access to income generation opportunities

• Supporting the improvement and access to quality community infrastructure

and health services

• Reducing reliance on the mines

Projects that address these priorities are executed through the delivery of each

mine’s Social and Labour Plan (SLP) targeted corporate social investment (CSI),

the implementation of strategic programmes and the development of black-

owned SMMEs through hands-on business support and inclusive procurement.

The SLP is a regulatory requirement for South African mining companies and

isa key component of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development

Act. Its primary purpose is to promote employment and social and economic

welfare. The plan, which must be renewed every five years, sets out targets

relating to, among others, the training and development of previously

disadvantaged SouthAfricans, employment equity and the implementation

oflarge-scale community projects that stimulate local economic development.

Each one of these is closely aligned with our approach.

In developing new SLPs, we must also ensure that our projects address the

impacts of climate change. During the year, our mines hosted workshops to

assess which current and future projects address climate risks.

EMALAHLENI

LOCAL

MUNICIPALITY

ESTIMATED

POPULATION

553,562

YOUTH

(age 15 – 34)

43%

UNEMPLOYMENT

26.6%

HIGHER

EDUCATION

9.7%

VICTOR

KHANYE LOCAL

MUNICIPALITY

ESTIMATED

POPULATION

84,151

YOUTH

(age 15 – 34)

67%

UNEMPLOYMENT

28.2%

HIGHER

EDUCATION

3.8%

GOVAN

MBEKI LOCAL

MUNICIPALITY

ESTIMATED

POPULATION

377,446

YOUTH

(age 15 – 34)

41%

UNEMPLOYMENT

32.5%

HIGHER

EDUCATION

8.1%

Source: Municipal Integrated Development Plans and https://municipalities.co.za

89

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Socio-economic development impact goals

Every project we invest in should contribute towards the

achievement of four impact goals. These goals were

identified using the outcomes of a detailed impact assessment

commissioned in 2021. It took into consideration the context

in which we operate and our operations’ remaining life of

mine. The assessment sought to gauge the progress we had

made in meeting our social objectives, to establish the impact

of past socio-economic development initiatives and provide

recommendations for the implementation of future programmes.

Our four social impact goals are to:

• Improve access to quality education and skills development.

• Support improvement and access to quality community

infrastructure and health services

• Improve access to income generation opportunities.

• Reduce communities’ and suppliers’ reliance on mines.

Branches

effects

Trunk

core problem

Roots

causes

We use a theory of change-based approach in the selection, planning,

implementation and measurement of social projects. This process outlines

the inputs, activities, outputs, outcomes and impact goal to be achieved.

Impact goal

Longer-term effects of outcomes on households,

communities and society

Outcomes

Observable changes that have occurred and can be

directly linked to these activities

Outputs

Direct, measurable results derived from activities

Activities

Actions undertaken to achieve the impact

Inputs

Financial and human capital, time, information and

expertise to bring about activities

problem

statement

#### Theory of Change

90

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### IMPROVING ACCESS TO

#### QUALITY EDUCATION

#### AND SKILLS

IMPACT

GOAL

1

These include, among many other challenges, a shortage

of adequately qualified educators, overcrowded

classrooms and insufficient educational resources.

Exceptional education and a robust skill set not only

pave the way for individual success, but also significantly

lower the hurdles to securing employment.

We aim to enhance the educational outcomes of

individuals across the learning spectrum, from early

childhood development (ECD), primary and high school

education, to university and vocational training in skills

that are in high demand. All our mines provide free skills

development opportunities for local community members,

while three offer adult education and training.

#### Early childhood development

In 2023, we finalised the implementation of the ECD component of our whole school

development programme. The programme focused on capacity building for ECD centre

managers and practitioners, infrastructure improvements and provision of teaching

resources at 26 learning centres. Eighty-eight individuals were trained and provided

with teaching resources.

Goedehoop has made a considerable impact on the ECD sector through its long-term

partnership with the University of South Africa’s Department of ECD and the Steve

Tshwete Local Municipality. This has seen 260 community members gain theirNQF

Level 5 certificates in education management and ECD.

Apart from strengthening the foundations of successful education, the programme has

unlocked employment opportunities for qualified candidates with the South African

Department of Basic Education (DBE). It has also enabled ECD centres to retain access

to grant funding from the Department of Social Development which has done much to

formalise the ECD sector and now maintains minimum staff qualification requirements.

#### Khwezela coding

#### project

Khwezela introduced the coding and robotics programme

to two of the local primary schools in 2023 and equipped a

total of 40 learners in lower grades with skills of the future. This

initiative is aimed at inspiring a love of science, technology, and

engineering and teaches educators how to integrate technology

into their lessons.

Quality education addresses poverty’s root causes by providing individuals with the means to secure stable

employment and contribute meaningfully to society. It is well-known that there are several gaps in the South

African education system, particularly in disadvantaged communities.

Details of their skills development efforts

can be found on page 83.

1

IMPACT

GOAL

91

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Community scholarship scheme

Our community scholarship scheme continues to touch the lives of young people living in host communities

by enabling them to pursue a university education. Unlike our traditional bursary programme, students are

not required to pursue studies in a field related to the mining industry. Nor do they have a service obligation

to the company on completion of their studies. First introduced in 2014, the scholarship has benefited 148

individuals, all of whom come from low-income backgrounds. Among the programme’s first graduates are a

young woman who spent time working as an assistant researcher on the sub-Antarctic Marion Island, the son

of a petrol attendant and cleaner who became a chartered accountant, and a young woman who became a

medical research nurse. Among the scheme’s alumni are doctors, dentists, pharmacists, engineers, investment

bankers, accountants and a meteorologist. To date, R51 million has been invested in this programme.

#### Star Schools

Our Star Schools programme first began

in 2015, when Isibonelo partnered with

supplementary education service provider,

Star Schools, to improve local pass rates.

Since then, the initiative has strived

to accomplish significantly more by

giving young people from impoverished

backgrounds the support they need not just to

pass matric, but to access bursaries from our

own business and other corporates.

The programme selects bright young people

from schools in Isibonelo’s host communities.

Starting in grade 10, they participate in

an intensive three-year study programme

involving full-day Saturday classes and

sessions on most days during the school

holidays. These classes are given by expert

teachers and come with top-class academic

resources that focus on English, mathematics,

physical science and life sciences.

Past graduates have overcome incredible

obstacles to embark on careers in engineering,

medicine, information technology, economics,

applied mathematics, the environmental

sciences, geology and metallurgy.

Greenside and Khwezela launched their

ownlearner incubator projects in 2022

andhave seen a considerable improvement

in learner results.

Together, these two programmes have

touched the lives of 300 learners from six

eMalahleni-based schools and more than

1,600 learners from Govan Mbeki.

ISIBONELO STAR SCHOOLS SCORECARD:

Learners in the matric class of

#### 2023 achieved a 100% pass

#### rate in all four subjects and a

#### collective 70 distinctions.

Ten years of excellence

The programme’s 1,643 beneficiaries have achieved

thefollowing results since the project’s inception

adecade ago:

•  Overall matric pass rate since inception: 99.8%

•  Bachelors passes (the minimum requirement for

entry into university): 95%

•  Matric pass rate in English: 100%

•  Matric pass rate in mathematics: 99.5%

•  Matric pass rate in physical sciences: 100%

•  Matric pass rate in life sciences: 99.5%

•  Distinctions achieved in these subjects: 300+

Vocational training

We have seen how vocational training can

have a transformative effect on individuals

and their communities and offer a range of

practical skills training programmes that enable

them either to enter the job market or start

their own businesses. Certified programmes

cover a wide range of study areas, including

end-user computing, plumbing, carpentry,

hospitality, mixed farming and professional

cookery. In a programme offered by

Greenside, 10unemployed community

members completed a two-year National

Certificate in Professional Cookery through

the Mpumalanga Regional Training Trust’s

Hospitality and Tourism Academy. Today, each

graduate has either gained steady employment

or started their own business. Ayanda Jiyane

has gone on to employ 20 people on a

contract basis and won a Bambelela Business

Award. This competition was staged by the

Hollywoodbets Foundation’s enterprise and

supplier development arm. She also won the

hospitality category of the Founder of the

Year Awards in Kenya which honours young

business founders who are contributing to

development in Africa.

92

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### IMPROVING

#### THE QUALITY OF

#### COMMUNITY SERVICES

IMPACT

GOAL

2

During the year, we worked with local municipalities to deliver the following SLP projects:

Inadequate funding within many South African municipalities has profound and far-reaching implications for the

communities they serve. One of the primary consequences is a limited ability to invest in essential infrastructure

andpublic services. In many instances the mining industry is called upon to bridge this gap.

Fires are a frequent occurrence in the densely

populated residential area of Phola which is

situated a 30 km drive from the nearest fire

station in eMalahleni. This distance meant that

in the event of a fire, families would often lose

all their belongings while community members

put their own safety at risk extinguishing

blazes. Built by Zibulo Colliery at a cost of

R7.2 million, the satellite fire station ensures

that emergencies are attended to rapidly,

potentially saving lives and minimising the loss

of property.

PHOLA FIRE STATION

#### Improved emergency response

#### times for around 32,000

#### individuals.

Zibulo upgraded the Ogies taxi rank, a vibrant

meeting point where taxi drivers wait for their

passengers, where micro-businesses sell their

goods to commuters and where operators

conduct their business. The R1.5million

project has created a more comfortable

place for passengers to wait, with clean,

functional ablution facilities and a space

where taxi associations can manage their

administrativeaffairs.

OGIES TAXI RANK

Improved access to

#### transportation for roughly

#### 32,000 individuals.

A partnership between Isibonelo Colliery and Sasol has

restored dignity to residents of Lebohang, near Leandra,

where a crumbling sewer network saw raw efﬂuent pooling

in people’s yards and often into their homes. As a result,

residents dug furrows to divert sewage from their gardens

into streets and, ultimately, local water courses. The severity

of the situation is underlined in headlines reading ‘Sewage

spills make life unbearable for Lebohang community’ and

‘Catastrophic levels of e-coli in our water’ in the local press.

The project involved the construction of a new pipeline

and wastewater treatment plant at a combined cost of

R36million. The development not only improves human

health and wellbeing but minimises the ﬂow of raw or poorly

treated sewage into the Vaal River system.

UPGRADED SEWER NETWORK IN LEBOHANG

Improved quality of life for 33,000

#### people.

Fifteen percent of rural households in South Africa live more

than an hour away from the closest clinic and 20% from

the nearest hospital. As public transportation is expensive

and often unreliable, the cost of accessing medical care for

already marginalised and vulnerable communities can be

prohibitive. Goedehoop invested in two mobile clinics that

will deliver vital health services to people living in remote

rural communities. The R2.1 million project was handed over

to the Mpumalanga Department of Health and will offer the

same services as brick-and-mortar clinics. These include child

immunisations, family planning, chronic disease management,

voluntary counselling and testing for HIV, and screening for

TB and sexually transmitted infections. Health workers will

also dispense medication – including antiretroviral treatment

and pre-exposure prophylaxis – while providing health and

welfare-related advice.

MOBILE CLINICS

Improved access to primary healthcare

services for approximately 120,400

people inNkangala and outlying parts

ofthe Steve Tshwete Local Municipality.

IMPACT

GOAL

2

PHOLA FIRE STATION OGIES TAXI RANK UPGRADED SEWER NETWORK IN LEBOHANG  MOBILE CLINICS

93

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### IMPROVE ACCESS TO INCOME

#### GENERATION OPPORTUNITIES AND

#### REDUCE RELIANCE ON MINES BY

#### STRENGTHENING THE LOCAL SMME

#### SECTOR

IMPACT

GOAL

3  4

Thuthukani is our enterprise and supplier

development programme and the primary vehicle

through which we drive SMME development. It

offers local entrepreneurs business skills training,

mentorship and support, technical enablement

andloan funding at preferential interest rates.

Through our programme partners, we support

current and potential suppliers’ growth within

ourown and other value chains. We also

supportSMMEs that fall outside the mining

procurement network.

A total of R28 million was spent on enterprise

and supplier development in 2023. This benefited

12suppliers, 222 enterprise development

beneficiaries and 50 small businesses that were

supported with technical enablement. The latter

aims to ensure that they have the capacity and

accreditation to deliver on their contractual

obligations while maintaining world-class safety,

health, environmental and quality standards.

During the year, we helped 47 eligible suppliers

obtain various accreditations, including

ISO45001 (occupational health and safety),

ISO14001(environmental) and ISO 9001 (quality)

management systems.

Three other beneficiaries were enabled with

necessary systems and technical training courses.

Among these were tracking systems certification,

vibration monitoring analysis, Quality Council for

Trades and Occupations Accreditation and Learning

Material, coded welders accreditation and fall

rescue/arrest systems certification.

Our strategic focus on economic sustainability

involves a concerted effort to strengthen

community SMMEs so that they can create

enduring opportunities for income generation

and employment.

Loan finance rose

from R1.8 million to

#### R21.6 million

#### in 2023 supporting

#### 114 new direct jobs.

THUTHUKANI

IMPACT

GOAL

3 4

THUTHUKANI

+

94

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Supplier end-user day and green economy workshop

During the year, Thuthukani hosted an exhibition to give 25 participants an opportunity

topresent their products and services to end-users from all our operations. We also hosted

a workshop attended by 149 small businesses from host communities for opportunities

inthegreeneconomy.

Costing and pricing workshops

Many small businesses take themselves out of the running when responding to requestions

forquotations. This is simply because they are unable to provide the information required when

our supply chain sources potential suppliers. Thuthukani hosted a workshop on costing, pricing

and tendering at each of our sites in 2023. These sessions were attended by 189 entrepreneurs

who were capacitated with skills on how to correctly complete tender documents, meet legal

and Thungela supply requirements, and price competitively.

#### R28.1 million

spent on enterprise

and supplier development in 2023

#### IMPACT GOAL

To improve access to income generation opportunities and reduce reliance mines.

MILESTONES ACHIEVED

Improved capacity of

SMMEs through business

skills training

12

Supplier

development

graduates

33

Enterprise

development

graduates

100%

Pass rate in

various business

skills training

programmes

Increased growth capacity

for existing suppliers through

technical enablement

47

Awarded

certification

to ISO 9001,

ISO4001 and

ISO 45001

standards

3

Tracking systems

certification

Vibration

monitoring

analysis

Enhanced capacity for SMMEs

to access opportunities in the

green economy

149

Attended awareness session on

opportunities in the green economy

Enhanced pipeline for local suppliers

ready to pursue opportunities within

our supply chain

R21.6

#### million

Disbursed to qualifying

businesses

2

Enterprises

graduated to

‘supplier status’

Coded welders accreditation and

fall rescue certification

95

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Thungela, capital equipment supplier Komatsu and steel producer Columbus Steel each

contributed to the purchase of a high-tech laser cutter for the non-profit Mpumalanga

Stainless Initiative.

The business incubator project in Middelburg provides business development services

for 37 established SMMEs and 25 start-ups who benefit from shared infrastructure and

equipment, knowledge and technical support.

Bought at a cost of R2 million, the machine boasts high processing speeds, cuts a range

ofmaterial thicknesses and has no limitations in cutting design. It has enabled beneficiaries

toremain competitive, increase their output and diversity their product offering.

Goedehoop Colliery’s Tools of the Trade initiative is a corporate

social investment project that sees the mine and its key suppliers

donate essential tools and equipment to emerging enterprises to

help them expand their businesses.

One of its beneficiaries is BECCA Farming and Projects, owned

by peach farmer Khulile Mahlalela. While successful, a lack of

simple but necessary equipment hampered her ability to take

her business to the next level. An additional challenge was that

by growing a single crop, she could only provide seasonal work

forher employees.

The mine’s partnership with security services provider, The

Tsebo Group, addressed these challenges with a donation

of equipment valued at R225,000. Goedehoop’s portion

comprised rakes, wheelbarrows, leaf blowers and watering

cans, while Tsebo provided ovens that are used to turn cuttings

from the orchard into premium quality fruit wood charcoal.

Unlike peaches, charcoal can be sold year-

round which means that seasonal work has

become permanent, secure and sustainable

for her 11 employees.

Since its acquisition, it has sustained 73 jobs and created 49

opportunities for employment. In addition, six beneficiaries

have already been able to grow their turnover by at least 5%.

MPUMALANGA STAINLESS INITIATIVE

TOOLS OF THE TRADE INITIATIVE

MPUMALANGA STAINLESS INITIATIVE

TOOLS OF THE TRADE INITIATIVE

#### Looking ahead

The Thungela Education Initiative to be launched in early 2024, will focus on grade R to four learners at 45 primary

schools across Nkangala and Gert Sibande. This five-year partnership with the DBE will address many of the

gaps identified during a baseline assessment of children in the foundational phase. This will be done through the

implementation of a series of projects aimed at improving school readiness, enhancing literacy and numeracy,

upskilling educators and management teams and refurbishing school infrastructure for optimal teaching and learning.

The programme will focus on ‘no fee’ schools where parents are exempt from paying fees due to their financial status.

Another focus area in the education spectrum will be the expansion of our coding and robotics programme that aims

to equip learners for the fourth industrial revolution.

Improved community infrastructure and services will continue to be delivered through an extensive range of SLP

projects. Among these are the provision of street lights and a trauma centre in Phola, the construction of an industrial

park in Lynnville, eMalahleni; a waste transfer station and multi-purpose centre in Embalenhle, and water and

sanitation projects in Middelburg and Delmas.

96

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Our approach to social

#### performance

#### Our goal is to maximisethe many advantages that

#### mining has to offer while

#### striving to minimise its

#### undesirable impacts on local

#### communities.

Activities in this area are guided by the Thungela

Social Policy which sets out the performance

standards and requirements to manage both our

negative and positive impacts. This policy is based

oninternational best practice standards and has been

adapted for the local context.

The policy’s requirements relate to governance; risk

and impact management; stakeholder engagement,

socio-economic development; social and human

rights risks and impacts; cultural heritage; land

acquisition and involuntary resettlement; emergency

preparedness and social management plans. A toolkit

was developed to provide a structured and systematic

guideline for the policy’s implementation and was

introduced to internal stakeholders during 2023.

In addition, we developed a social assurance

framework that will be used to evaluate the policy’s

implementation as well as the effectiveness of

management plans implemented to address identified

social risks and impacts. This process will provide the

confidence that social risks and impacts are identified

and that plans are put in place to manage and

mitigate these adequately.

The framework is based on a maturity model and

is designed to facilitate continuous learning and

improvement, guiding sites on a journey towards leading

practice in social performance. Each operation will

undergo independent social assurance assessments

annually. An internal baseline assessment will be

conducted in early 2024 to better understand each site’s

current performance levels. Afollow up review will be

done at the end of the year to evaluate improvement.

1 NASCENT

Social risks and impacts managed

only in crisis

2 BASIC

Some informal systems in place

but minimal implementation

3 MANAGED

Formalised procedures and systems

that are implemented

4 GOOD PRACTICE

Social performance integrated into business

risk management with senior leadership and

cross-functional collaboration

5 LEADING PRACTICE

Consistent management of social risks and

impacts with community input in design

and implementation

#### Social performance

#### maturity model

#### Our stakeholders

Transparent and constructive relationships

enable us to better understand concerns

and co-create solutions to social

challenges.

Stakeholders are identified as part of an annual process

to update contextual information by each of our

sites. They include regulators; national, district, local,

and provincial government; traditional authorities,

host communities, surrounding mining companies,

business partners and non-profit and community-based

organisations.

During this process, we identify each stakeholder’s

level of inﬂuence and their interest in our business, the

purpose of our engagement and the frequency and

methods of engagement to be employed. Moreover, the

current status and quality of each relationship is assessed

everyyear.

Regular, honest and open engagement takes place

withcommunities via:

Mine community engagement forums that meet

either monthly or quarterly to engage on topics that

are important to community stakeholders. These include

local employment, procurement opportunities for local

suppliers, skills development, upcoming social projects,

incidents and grievances, life of mine, SLP compliance

and environmental concerns such as dust and noise.

A quarterly gathering of traditional authoritiesgives

us an opportunity to collaborate with traditional leaders

on issues of mutual concern. In South Africa, traditional

leadership is a constitutionally recognised institution

that plays a role in preserving the culture, traditions,

customs and values of African people. These authorities

play a key role in helping us manage social risks and

better understand community needs. Their unique

perspective aids in the shaping of social projects for

maximum impact. The meeting is facilitated by site social

performance teams and is attended by representatives

from mine disciplines including human resources,

training and environment.

Integrated and local economic

development planning forums organised

by the four municipalities that host our operations.

Through our attendance, we are able to establish

local government priorities, identify new

community projects and explore opportunities

for partnership with like-minded organisations.

During these forums, we also report back on the

delivery of current SLP projects.

Future forums meet annually or quarterly,

depending on the mine’s lifespan and include

representatives from mine management, labour,

local government, and regulatory authorities

such as the DOEL, the DWS and the DMRE.

The forum’s objectives are to discuss life of mine

challenges and identify possible solutions to

productivity and employment issues. Additionally,

they ensure that mine community development

projects are aligned with the sustainability

of communities post-closure and provide

performance updates on progress in meeting

the human resources and local economic

development aspects of the SLP.

Post-resettlement working groups are

currently run by our Mafube and Khwezela

mines to engage project-affected people post-

physical resettlement. A particular focus is the

development and implementation of effective and

sustainable livelihood restoration programmes.

OUR SOCIAL POLICY IS

ALIGNED WITH SEVERAL

OF THE UN SDGS:

More details can be found on page 103.

Business forums are run by a number of

mines and include site social performance and

supply chain personnel, local enterprises and

business bodies. Business-related concerns,

opportunities and supplier communication

channels are discussed.

97

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Stakeholder perception

During the year under review, we commissioned an independent stakeholder perception survey that would give

us an unbiased assessment of how stakeholders view us.

TRADITIONAL AUTHORITIES IN EMALAHLENI, STEVE TSHWETE, GERT SIBANDE

AND VICTOR KANYE

Interests

• Formal recognition of traditional authorities as key stakeholders.

• Collaboration on issues of community development

(youthempowerment, education, local employment,

procurementandCSI

• Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

• Access to land for initiation schools and cultural practices

Engagement methods

• A quarterly forum for traditional

authorities

• Ad hoc meetings

Status of relationship

Overall, relationships with traditional authorities improved. During the year, social performance

representatives visited KwaNdebele to meet King Makhosonke II Mabena, the reigning king of the

AmaNdebele. The purpose of the engagement was to discuss issues of protocol and how to determine

the legitimacy of emerging traditional authorities. Tribal leaders from nine authorities were interviewed

in our stakeholder perception survey, with all but one saying that their interactions with our business had

been positive. That said, 67% feel they are not heard, while 44% believe that our community engagement

processes are not inclusive enough.

COMMUNITIES

These include host communities, local farmers and farm dwellers, youth-based organisations,

schools, business structures, faith-based organisations, beneficiaries of socio-economic

development projects, resettled communities and next of kin in grave relocation processes.

Interests

• Socio-economic development

• Skills development

• SLP projects

• Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

• Procurement opportunities

• Management of grievances

• Mine closure

• Land claims

• Labour tenant claims

• Grave and household relocation

• Land use and access

• Access to graves

Engagement methods

• Community engagement forums

• Online platforms

• Post-resettlement working groups and engagements

with next of kin

• Mine business forums

• Public participation forums

• Farm dweller engagement platform

Status of relationship

More than 60 community members residing in host municipalities participated in the survey. Although

relationships have deteriorated with some communities in eMalahleni, respondents recognised our

contribution as an employer of a large number of people and said that they had noted our efforts to

improve the lives of people living in the area.

That said, there appears to be distinct gap in communication between mines and their host communities.

This gives the perception that our sites are doing little to support local economic development. A community

newsletter will be used to communicate key community initiatives in 2024. Many respondents also felt that

the concerns they raised were unheard.

Perceptions among respondents living in Steve Tshwete were positive. They acknowledge our role in

promoting employment and in uplifting communities, particularly in respect of skills development.

Perceptions in Govan Mbeki are mixed. Some 45% of participants had never interacted with Thungela but

are familiar with the brand. Twenty percent reported having had a positive experience, while the remaining

35% had negative impressions.

#### OUR STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR INTERESTS

Change in relation status from 2022

Stable

Deteriorated

Improved

Current status of relationship

Challenged

Moderate

Good

98

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

REGULATORS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS

The DMRE, DOEL, DWS, Department of Agriculture,

Land Reform and Rural Development; Department of

Education, Department of Health, Department of Public Works

and Infrastructure, Department of Social Services and the

Department of Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment.

Interests

• Compliance with safety and health,

environmental and labour legislation

• Broad-Based Black Economic

Empowerment (B-BBEE)

• Kromdraai level 4 environmental

incident

• Permitting

• Partnership in development projects

• Engagement on new mining projects

• SLPs

Engagement

methods

• Engagement forums

• Site inspections

andvisits

• Ad hoc meetings

• Public participation

forums

• Future forums

• Annual reports

Status of relationship

Relationships with regulators have improved on the back of

extensive remediation efforts following the level 4 environmental

incident we incurred at Kromdraai in 2022. Seventeen

representatives from the departments of health, education, DWS,

and DMRE were interviewed in our perception survey. They

described working with Thungela as a ‘positive experience’ and

engagements as ‘professional in nature’. We were also noted for

our contribution to socio-economic development and the quality

of our social upliftment programmes, particularly those that benefit

the youth. Sixty-eight percent described their level of trust in our

business as ‘high’, 25% as ‘good’, and 6% as ‘moderate’.

FELLOW MINING COMPANIES AND BUSINESS PARTNERS

Mines and related industries.

Interests

• Collaboration on development

projects and stakeholder

engagements

• Market and industry development

opportunities

• Supplier relationship management

Engagement methods

• Meetings.

• Community

engagement forums.

• Local authority and

regulatory meetings.

Status of relationship

Relationships remain constructive and collaborative.

LOCAL AND DISTRICT GOVERNMENTS

The eMalahleni, Steve Tshwete, Govan Mbeki,

and Victor Khanye local municipalities that fall under

theNkangala and Gert Sibande district municipalities.

Interests

•  Public-private socio-economic

development programmes,

SLP projects and municipal

capacitybuilding

•  Socio-economic impact of

operations on host communities

and municipalities

•  Engagement on grievances

raised through municipal

channels

•  Engagements concerning new

mining projects

•  Nkulo Community Partnership

Trust

•  Compliance with air quality

management reports

•  Compliance with bylaws on

fire prevention and hazardous

substances, waste, noise,

blasting and wastewater

management

•  Public participation in key

projects

•  Land access

•  Spatial planning

•  Local economic development

(LED) collaboration

•  Joint monitoring and technical

support on LED implementation

Engagement methods

• Integrated development

planning forums

• LED forums

• Future forums

• One-on-one

engagement on specific

projects

• Ad hoc meetings

• Public participation

forums

Status of relationship

Our relationships with local and district municipalities remain

supportive and collaborative. Representatives from each

local municipality interviewed describe our business as

‘professional’, ‘community-driven ’and ‘open-minded’. Trust

levels are rated as ‘high’ (77.8%) and ‘good’ (22.2%).

SUPPLIERS

Suppliers and service providers.

Interests

• Supply chain optimisation

• Creating a circular supply chain and

ensuring responsible sourcing

• Compliance with long-term

sustainability contracts on matters

such as local expenditure,

employment and investment in local

communities

• Inclusive procurement opportunities

• Supplier and enterprise

development initiatives

• Development of existing smaller

suppliers and other enterprises

• Vendor registration

Engagement methods

• Supplier roadshows

• Individual supplier

engagements

• Electronic channels, including

virtual townhalls

• Advertising through existing

market channels

• Enterprise and supplier

development programmes

• Collaboration with original

equipment manufacturers on

their provision of technical

support for SMMEs

• Social performance meetings

with business forums

Status of relationship

Relationships remain solid and collaborative despite numerous changes

brought about by the separation of our supply chain systems and

services from the Anglo American Group at the end of the transition

period post-demerger.

CIVIL SOCIETY

Activists, non-governmental organisations, community-based

organisations, legal bodies, public benefit organisations, farming

associations, Mpumalanga Parks Board.

Interests

• Environmental rights and protection

• Climate change and the responsible energy

transition

• Land rights and resettlement

• Partnerships in development projects

• Resolving grievances related to mining impacts

• Adequacy of closure provisions

• Lobbying activities

Engagement

methods

• Meetings

• Forums

• Requests for

information through

the Promotion

of Access to

Information Act

Status of relationship

Representatives from eight NGOs were interviewed as part of our

perception survey. They felt that they were able to work with Thungela

to achieve common social and environmental goals and described the

relationship as trusting and efficient.

Change in relation status from 2022

Stable

Deteriorated

Improved

Current status of relationship

Challenged

Moderate

Good

99

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Emergency response

During the year, we developed an integrated emergency

preparedness response plan that considers the potential effects

of mine disasters on doorstep communities.

Until now, crisis management plans have not adequately taken

into consideration how catastrophic incidents would affect

people beyond a site’s perimeter, and what external mitigation

measures should be triggered in the event of an emergency.

The project comprised three multi-disciplinary workstreams

that focused on some of our primary business and community

risks. These relate to water bodies and mineral residue facilities

(MRFs), fire and gas, and crime and civil disturbance.

These teams each staged an emergency drill to gauge current

preparedness levels in the event of an emergency. Scenarios

included a chlorine gas leak at the eMalahleni Water

Reclamation Plant, the dam wall breach of an MRF at Khwezela

and a community uprising outside the same site.

The goal was to establish gaps in existing emergency procedures

before integrating measures that would apply were an actual

disaster to extend to local communities. The drafting of the

externally focused emergency preparedness response plan

was finalised in 2023 and is under review for adoption into

our document management system. The next steps involve

establishing emergency assembly points, potential shelters and

engaging emergency services that would be called upon in the

event of a catastrophic incident. Additionally, we will test the

effectiveness of the new procedure.

The current socio-economic climate calls for more engagement than ever as the

local mining sector faces urgent demands for further investment in infrastructure,

employment, and opportunities for local suppliers. Expectations unfortunately

exceed supply and come at a time when the sector is itself under acute pressure

due to falling coal prices and ongoing rail constraints.

During the year, we recorded 29(16 in 2022) incidents of protest action. Of these,

14 took place outside our Elders and Zibulo North Shaft construction sites where

demands were made for further employment and supply chain opportunities. The

balance of the protests took place outside Khwezela and Mafube and were the

result of blasting activities and compensation-related claims.

Elders’ main contractors have spent R90 million with local suppliers

to date and have provided 422 jobs in the host community.

Members of the public are informed of our social incident and grievance

mechanism during community engagement forum meetings and other stakeholder

gatherings.Employees are made aware of this facility during annual induction

sessions.

Grievances can be made telephonically, via letter, email or by filling in the

complaints register at the entrance to each mine. These are captured in our

electronic incident management system which records the receipt, analysis and

response to each report made within a given timeframe.

Grievants must receive an acknowledgement of receipt within 24 hours, while the

issue is sent to the relevant department for investigation. Findings and proposed

resolutions are then discussed with the aggrieved party who either expresses

their satisfaction that a matter is resolved or lodges an appeal. An independent

mediation process is initiated when a grievant is not satisfied with the resolution.

In 2023, 94 grievances were logged on the system (2022: 50), 16 of which

were level 3 incidents (2022: 19). Of these, 18 related to blasting, eight to

demands for employment and 18 for supplier opportunities. The household

resettlement and grave relocation processes at Mafube accounted for 16 of the

total. These grievances relate to defects detected at newly built houses, pleas

for additional compensation not stipulated in entitlements agreed upon, and the

relocation of graves.

#### Social incident and grievance mechanism

For details, see page 103.

We have a target of zero level 4 and 5 incidents with social consequences,

which was achieved.

100

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Human rights

Our approach

If not managed with the utmost care, mining activities have the potential

to infringe on a substantial number of human rights. As a result, human

rights considerations are woven into our values, code of conduct, and

the policies and procedures that guide the effective and ethical operation

of our business.

These rights relate to workplace safety, decent employment,

environmental management, our interaction with host communities, the

delivery of projects, supply chain activities, contractor management,

governance and security.

Through our human rights policy we commit to respecting national

legislation and internationally proclaimed human rights principles. This

policy directs our actions and encompasses the thorough assessment

of current or potential human rights infringements through due

diligence. Additionally, it outlines the implementation and monitoring of

management measures to effectively prevent or mitigate these impacts.

Our human rights policy applies to directors, employees, business

partners, contractors, suppliers, service providers and advisors when

they conduct business on our behalf. Compliance is overseen at various

levels, from the board and its social, ethics and transformation committee,

to the executive committee, senior management, site leadership and

functional teams.

The policy is brought to life in daily operations and decision-making

andis shared with new and existing contractors and suppliers. Human

rights requirements are incorporated into our contractual agreements

with them.

We have an effective grievance mechanism and incident management

procedure that caters for human rights-related grievances. This

mechanism is promoted during community engagement forum meetings.

Our performance

In 2023, internal assurance was conducted to assess our compliance

with the policy. The exercise sought to evaluate the adequacy and

effectiveness of our controls and to provide leadership with reasonable

assurance that the key risks associated with human rights are managed

to an acceptable level. The audit incorporated policies and procedures,

governance, risk assessment, training, monitoring and reporting.

The audit indicated that key controls associated with human rights are

operating effectively and are supported by the existence of an approved

policy, a human rights-focused training programme that is being

executed within the agreed timelines, and oversight of compliance at

various levels. In addition, the exercise gave assurance that our existing

grievance mechanism and incident management process explicitly allow

for the reporting of human rights violations.

An area for improvement we identified is the increased monitoring of

suppliers’ and contractors’ human rights performance in line with our

responsible sourcing framework. This will be a key focus area in 2024.

Training and awareness

Awareness is created across the workforce on what human rights are,

how they can be infringed upon and why they must be respected. This

was done throughout 2023 via channels such as video clips available

on the intranet, the Thungela Weekly, screensavers and posters.

We are in the process of developing more in-depth human rights training

that will include day-to-day scenarios in which characters demonstrate

how rights can be infringed upon and what employees should do to

prevent or mitigate this. This training will be rolled out to employees and

adapted for inclusion in induction training.

During the year, 98%of permanent and contract security personnel

received detailed training on the Voluntary Principles on Security and

Human Rights.

WE ARE GUIDED BY:

The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights

The International Covenant on Economic, Social and

Cultural Rights

The International Labour Organization’s Declaration

onFundamental Principles and Rights at Work

The International Bill of Human rights and the Universal

Declaration of Human Rights

The Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights

101

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Our priority human rights risks and how we manage them

Human rights risk assessments have identified the following as our most pressing human rights risks all of which are monitored on an ongoing basis:

Workplace safety Security

Water

Resettlement

Mine closure

Supply chain

Every employee and contractor has a fundamental

human right to earn a living for their family without

coming to harm. Our primary focus is on eliminating

fatalities and safeguarding the most basic of all

internationally-recognised human rights – the right to

life. We must also maintain each person’s right to a safe

and healthy working environment. Risk identification

and management, learning-from-incidents and the

deployment of appropriate controls are key elements

of our safety management system. Employees are also

actively encouraged to exercise their right to refuse

unsafe work and conditions without fear of recrimination.

We have a duty to ensure the safety and security of anyone working

at or visiting our mines. Operational sites, closed or closing collieries

are targets for unlawful activities such as illegal mining, copper cable

theft and the theft of other infrastructure. We also periodically encounter

community protest action, which could potentially put employees,

contractors and members of the public at risk. During such events,

security personnel must strike a delicate balance by allowing groups

their right to protest and at the same time protect employees and

company assets. Protest action is included as a key element in our

integrated emergency response plan which considers the effects site

disasters could have on doorstep communities.

In instances where protest activities impact our operations, we adhere

to the Regulation of Gatherings Act, 1993, and our human rights policy.

Our security strategy aligns with the Voluntary Principles on Security

and Human Rights.

Sufficient, safe, physically accessible and affordable

water is a fundamental human right. Our operations

are situated in water scarce regions. We must therefore

ensure that our use of this increasingly threatened

natural resource does not limit access for other users.

We maximise opportunities to conserve water and to

increase reuse and recycle rates. We also treat water

at our eMalahleni Water Reclamation Plant to potable

quality and provide that water to the municipality to

supplement their supply. We also have measures in

place to guard against the uncontrolled release of

mine-impacted water into the surrounding environment.

Resettlement can result in negative impacts, including

reduced access to land, livelihoods and failure to

achieve social cohesion among resettled populations.

As per international best practice, every effort is

made to firstly avoid or minimise displacement. We

apply the principles of Free, Prior and Informed

Consent when resettlement cannot be avoided. We

make use of IFC and World Bank guidelines on

stakeholder engagement, the awarding of entitlements,

compensation, physical resettlement, transitional

support and the mobilisation of livelihood restoration

programmes.

A comprehensive and inclusive approach to mine closure

is needed to deal with a variety of human rights risks. For

example, the right to work and economic security, the right to

a clean environment and the right to food and clean water.

Each mine has a closure plan which incorporates a vision,

goals and objectives across every facet of closure, including

physical stability, environmental quality (including water,

soil and air quality), health and safety, biodiversity, social

(employee relations and socio-economic development)

and aesthetic quality. All mine closure plans contain a set of

measurable and time-bound targets in the form of a master

action plan that is tracked regularly on the SHE management

system. We include provisions on our balance sheet for

rehabilitation, decommissioning and closure, including the

treatment of water.

The suppliers we work with may put us at risk of indirectly

infringing on human rights. Our responsible sourcing

standard sets out the minimum requirements expected

from our business partners. These include the International

Labour Organization’s decent work principles and

compliance with all applicable legislation to safety,

health, the environment and surrounding communities.

Read more

about our safety

management on

page 65 of this

report.

Read more

about our

management of

water on page

49 of this report.

Read more on

page 103.

More

information is

provided on

page 109 of

this report.

Read more

about mine

closure on page

55 of this report.

102

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

STANDARDS, GUIDELINES AND LEGISLATION

The process was conducted in line with:

DMRE’s standards on resettlement National legislation

The corporate policies and guidelines of both joint

venture partners

International best practice, including the International

Finance Corporation’s (IFC) Performance Standard 5

#### Responsible resettlement

The real marker of success in any community

resettlement process is not the completion of

physical resettlement, but the degree to which

families are able to thrive post-livelihood

restoration.

Mafube is in the final stages of a residential resettlement process

involving the relocation of 20 homesteads comprising 88 households.

Approach

Resettlement is an intensely challenging and complex undertaking that

we consider only when all realistic alternatives have been exhausted.

With existing coal reserves nearing depletion, the mine focused its

attention on its unexploited Nooitgedacht resource to sustain operations

and employment for more than 1,600 employees and contractors until

approximately 2042.

The area to be mined was populated by a number of households

scattered across various parts of the resource. To minimise its impact, the

mine limited resettlement to households situated exclusively on portions

of land earmarked for mining, where critical infrastructure was to be

built, and where homesteads were positioned within the legal 500-metre

blasting exclusion zone.

The process commenced with the creation of a displacement framework

designed to ensure that the rights and wellbeing of those being displaced

would be protected, and that their resettlement would be carried out in a

fair, humane and sustainable manner. This framework laid the foundation

for the development of a resettlement action plan (RAP) which specified

the approach to be followed in each stage of the process.

The overall objective was to ensure that project-affected households

would be left in a similar or better position than they were prior to

resettlement. A high-level overview of key stages of the process is

provided in the pages that follow.



An analysis of the gaps between international good practice and South

African legislation was undertaken. Where gaps were identified, the

more stringent of the two requirements was adopted.

Engagement

Any resettlement process must be carried out with free, informed and

prior consent. Stakeholder engagement took place at every stage and

will continue for an extended period post-livelihood restoration.

Interested parties included:

• Persons and households to be resettled

• Their receiving communities

• The Department of Agriculture, Land Reform and Rural Development

• The Steve Tshwete Local Municipality

• NGOs and advocacy groups

Engagements took place via multiple platforms and were conducted

either in English, Zulu or Ndebele. Written communications and legal

documents were also available in these languages, while special

consideration was given to vulnerable groups. These included the

illiterate, women and households who, by virtue of age, income, or other

factors, were considered vulnerable. Among the measures adopted were

alternative forms of communication for those who do not have access

to mobile devices and ensuring that female spouses and not just male

household heads were present during consultations.

A grievance management process was established at the outset and

remains open for concerns and complaints. These can be made via

instant messaging, phone, email or by completing a grievance form.

103

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Entitlements and compensation

Surveys were conducted to establish a socio-economic baseline profile

of affected households and served as a census of the people who were

entitled to compensation on a like-for-like basis. This was done to define

a benchmark for post-resettlement monitoring and evaluation and to

identify and record assets. Asset inventories included living structures

and outbuildings; fields, food gardens and fruit trees; landholdings and

access to communal assets and resources such as water, grazing land

and firewood.

Two resettlement sites were identified: Sikhululiwe, a rural village that

would enable families to continue living an agrarian lifestyle, and Sam

Rose Valley, an urban township situated four kilometres from the town

ofMiddleburg.

Ultimately, 36 households chose to settle at Sikhululiwe and 52 at Sam

Rose Valley. Twelve households that make up a single homestead, are

currently either undecided or unwilling to participate in the resettlement

process. We are opposed to forced evictions and therefore continue to

engage with the residents concerned.

Individual stands were awarded for individual households within an

extended family unit or homestead. This means that grandparents,

parents and adult children and their respective families were eligible to

receive their own homes with security of tenure.

Livelihood restoration

A livelihood restoration plan developed by a specialist consultant

received input from project-affected households. This plan includes:

• The establishment of an agricultural area for women (this is well under

way, with participants already harvesting vegetables for their own

use and for sale).

• The use of existing assets for start-up businesses, for example

aschooltaxi service and tuck shops.

• Reskilling and upskilling with emphasis on employability.

• Scholarships.

• Provision of support to secure government-provided entitlements,

including social grants and indigent subsidies.

These measures were subject to a sustainability and feasibility assessment.

They were measured against a wide selection of criteria, including:

• Household human resource capacity.

• Available homestead and household assets.

• Level of community and household support.

• Markets for goods and services.

• The presence and availability of partners and service providers.

• Programme costs and likely short and long-term benefits.

Monitoring and evaluation of the efficacy of these plans will continue

forat least three years after resettlement.

Cultural considerations

A significant improvement over prior resettlement processes is that both

intangible and tangible cultural heritage was incorporated into the

entitlement framework. Intangible cultural heritage, for example, involved

ceremonies associated with moving houses. In the Ndebele culture, for

instance, some families sacrifice lambs or goats and/or brew traditional

beer to appease the ancestors and get their blessing for the move.

Tangible cultural considerations involved ceremonies for the exhumation

and reburial of infants who are traditionally buried inside the home.

Leaving a deceased child could be considered a significant deterrent for

resettlement and was therefore regarded as an important requirement.

Prayer and initiation huts – indlu ka-gogo and indumba – were included

in the entitlement. Previously, these were paid for in cash rather than

being rebuilt at resettlement sites.

104

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Grave relocations

For the most part, mining takes place in rural areas where families

have historically buried ancestors on the properties where they reside.

Consequently, when communities are resettled, grave relocation often

follows. We acknowledge the sanctity and importance of burial sites,

particularly in African culture, and endeavour to undertake each

exhumation and interment with care.

The residential resettlement process at Mafube requires the relocation

of approximately 382 graves, an undertaking that has been

sanctioned by the South African Heritage Resources Agency (SAHRA)

which must grant its approval for the relocation of graves older than

60 years.

Permits may only be supplied once SAHRA is satisfied that a

concerted effort has been made to contact and consult communities

and individuals who, by tradition, have an interest in a grave

orburialground.

Ninety-one graves have been relocated following the receipt of all

necessary permits from SAHRA, the local municipality, the South

African Police Service and the Mpumalanga Department of Health.

The relocation of 174 graves has been approved by next of kin

following public participation and several postings of public notices in

the form of posters and advertisements on radio and in the local press.

Public participation went beyond the minimum legal requirements.

Despite full compliance with legislation and having followed

allrelevant IFC guidelines, Mafube received negative publicity

overtwo relocations.

In one instance, the next of kin came forward after the public notice

period had ended, voicing their dissatisfaction over having not been

informed of the transfer of their ancestor’s remains. In another, a

family suggested that nine graves instead of eight should have been

located at a particular burial ground. Efforts to find the missing grave

are under way.

In early 2024, a new round of public notices was initiated following

the discovery of 17 chance finds. These refer to graves that were

exposed by chance and had not previously been detected by other

means. Like most graves located in informal burial grounds across the

mining right, they are unmarked.

#### Culture and heritage

Over recent years, we have strengthened our relationship

with traditional authorities and gained a deeper

understanding of customary practices. One of the avenues

through which we support the preservation of local culture

is by providing safe access to culturally significant tracts

ofland under our charge.

This land is used to conduct traditionally important

ceremonies, for example, the initiation of boys as they

undergo the transition from young men into adulthood.

In 2023, we continued to collaborate with a number of

traditional authorities in our areas, including the SoGutjhe

Royal House and its charitable foundation. While the

house is committed to keeping time-honoured culture

and heritage alive, it has a contemporary outlook on

addressing local needs.

Among its charitable endeavours are the delivery of

food parcels to indigent households, the staging of

youth programmes during the school holidays and the

provision of bursaries for girls. It also uses its social media

platforms to advertise vacancies, supplier opportunities,

learnerships and scholarships available at local mines,

including our own.

In addition, the foundation’s women’s arm hosts Saturday

gatherings for about 400 young girls between the ages

of five and 25 who gather to take part in traditional song

and dance and learn valuable life skills, with a strong

focus on education and financial independence.

The relationship we enjoy with this authority is significant

as it provides a stabilising inﬂuence in an area where

frustrations over high unemployment, inadequate

infrastructure and poor service delivery, previously played

out in incidents of violent activism. The authority actively

encourages dialogue between the community, our own

business and other mining houses to achieve mutually

beneficial outcomes.

We also regularly engage and support the initiatives

ofother traditional authorities in eMalahleni and Govan

Mbeki local municipalities.

105

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Contribution to society

We actively support communities

through various means, including the

payment of taxes and royalties, job

creation, the implementation of skills

development programmes, facilitation

of local business opportunities,

and sponsorship of education and

community health initiatives.

Our socio-economic contributionincludes:

• Our firmly entrenched socio-economic development work, through

which we partner with government, communities and institutions

thataddress local needs.

• The economic value of our policies on inclusive procurement

andsupporting local suppliers.

• Economic value added to the country through royalties and taxes.

#### The Nkulo Community Partnership Trust

The Nkulo Community Partnership Trust serves as an additional

mechanism for sharing the value we create with host communities and

the labour-sending areas from which our employees originate.

Registered as a public benefit organisation, it was established by

Thungela in 2021 and has since amassed dividends of R750 million

through its ownership of a 5% interest in South Africa Coal Operations.

Funds are administered by a board of trustees that was appointed

in 2021 and will be directed towards charitable and developmental

projects that support:

• Welfare and humanitarian initiatives.

• Healthcare.

• Education and development.

• Social mobilisation.

• Conservation, the environment and animal welfare.

• Sports and culture.

These priorities were identified through an in-depth needs assessment

which informed the subsequent approval of several projects that are

being implemented.

• The replacement of 19 classrooms and ablution facilities constructed

from harmful asbestos building materials at Mphephethe Primary

School near Hendrina.

• The construction of a walkway, two classrooms and an administration

block at Bonginhlanhla Stimulation Centre for the Disabled in

Middelburg.

• The supply of essential items to Witbank Hospital.

• A 16,000-litre capacity honey sucker for the removal of human

waste in rural and remote villages, households and farms in the Steve

Tshwete Local Municipality.

• A water supply project involving the sinking of a borehole,

construction of a pumphouse and supply of a 500-kilolitre

storage tank will provide potable water to residents of KwaGuqa,

eMalahleni.

106

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Socio-economic development

Every year, we share the value we create with host

communities through our delivery of SLP projects

and CSI initiatives that are identified through our

engagements with communities, local governments,

the DMRE and other sector departments.

In 2023, our total expenditure on socio-economic development was

R125.9 million compared to R107.9 million the previous year. Of this,

R19.6 million was directed towards SLP projects, R15.1 million to CSI

and R91.2 million to strategic programmes targeting improvements in

municipal capacity, education and supplier development.

Expenditure on initiatives that help municipalities improve the services

they render local communities increased substantially from R5.4 million

to R43 million with the donation of an electrical transformer to enable the

municipality to restore electricity to the community following blackouts,

training for leaders and the conclusion of a R40 million water supply

arrangement with the eMalahleni Local Municipality.

Our contribution to education declined from previous years with the

winding down of a long-standing educational initiative focusing on

ECD, primary and high school learners. This will be replaced with a

five-year partnership with the DOE targeting grade one to four learners

at45schools.

Expenditure on enterprise and supplier development rose considerably

with the implementation of Thuthukani which marked its first full year in

operation in 2023.

Education

Health

Infrastructure development

Social welfare

Capacity building

Environment

Sports, arts and culture

Disaster management

Water and sanitation

Local economic development &

enterprise and supplier development

Spend per area

#### 2023interventioncategories

Mine community

development expenditure

(Rand million) 2023 2022 2021

SLP 19.6 13.2 20.4

CSI 15.1 13 . 4 15 .1

Strategic projects 91.2 81.1 83.2

Education  20.0 62.0 47.0

Municipal capacity  4 3.1 5.4 4.5

Enterprise and supplier

development

28.1 13 . 7 31. 7

Total  125.9 107.9 118.7

107

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

We place significant emphasis on

B-BBEE, a South African policy

initiative that aims to redress the

disparities inwealth, employment and

business ownership created during the

apartheidera.

Prioritising B-BBEE, creates additional

value for communities and enhances our

standing as a responsible South African

company dedicated to bringing about

inclusive growth and prosperity.

Equally important is our commitment to

sharing the value we create with local

businesses that employ local people by

making them active participants in our

supply chain.

Our Thuthukani enterprise and supplier

development programme discussed

on page 94 plays an important role

in enlarging the pool of local SMMEs

that are equipped to deliver the quality

of goods and services at the standards

required by our sites.

Direct spend with host community suppliers over five years

2023

2022 2021 2020 2019

Expenditure with local suppliers (Rand billion) 2.0 2.3 2.3 1.5 1.2

Percentage of discretionary operational spend (%)

21 28 24 19

13

#### Progress against targets

• HDP: 44% spent with HDP suppliers versus

a target of 40%.

• Women and youth: 16% spent with

women and youth-owned suppliers versus

a target of 7%.

• B-BBEE compliant: 76% spent with

B-BBEE suppliers versus a target of 50%.

• HDP goods: 62% spent with HDP

suppliers versus a target of 55%.

• Women: 16% spent with women owned

suppliers versus a target of 15%.

• Youth: 6% spent with youth owned

suppliers versus a target of 5%.

• B-BBEE compliant: 80% spent with

B-BBEE suppliers versus a target of 45%.

SERVICES

GOODS

Performance

Over the past decade, we have increased our expenditure with

local, black-owned businesses by 24%, something that has been

driven in a variety of ways. These include the ringfencing of

opportunities for emerging enterprises and unbundling of large

contracts awarded to well-established players.

Information on the opportunities that are available to local

enterprises is shared on our website, via requests for quotations

on SAP and during engagements with local municipalities and

business and community forums. Preferential payment terms are

extended to qualifying SMMEs.

Expenditure with host community suppliers remained consistent at

R2.0billion, notwithstanding a marked reduction in operational

expenditure to offset continuing rail constraints, softening coal

prices and inﬂationary pressures. That said, the proportion

of total discretionary spend allocated to businesses in host

communities fell from 28% in 2022 to 21% in the year under

review. This is attributed to the increase in total expenditure on

capital equipment associated with the Elders and Zibulo North

Shaft projects, where local sourcing is not always possible.

Expenditure with empowered businesses – companies with

a 51% black or black-women-owned shareholding – rose

to R7.3 billion in 2023 (2022: R6.8 billion).

#### Inclusivity and sustainability in our supply chain

Our supply chain plays a pivotal role in fostering local economic development

and serves as a primary driver for employment creation, skills development and

the growth of local manufacturing capacity.

#### R2.0 billion

#### spent with host community suppliers

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

HDPs Women/youth B-BBEE compliant

Mining goods procurement performance (%)

2019 2020 2 0 21 2022 2023

target

24

38

44

49

43

8

10

13

10

16

55

75

82

89

75

HDPs Women Youth B-BBEE compliant

Mining services procurement performance (%)

target

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

2019 2020 2 0 21 2022 2023

61

57

62

69

60

9

11

18

16

17

5

8

6

5

6

70

80

83

77

89

108

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Amplifying impact

#### Over the past three years, we have

#### collaborated with well-established

#### suppliers and original equipment

#### manufacturers to amplify the positive

#### impact we can make on host

#### communities.

This has led to the integration of community-

focused criteria in substantial contracts awarded to

multinational organisations and other sizable entities.

These criteria may relate to the employment of a

specified percentage of local people, skills transfer

to emerging enterprises that provide similar services

and/or the procurement of goods and services from

local SMMEs.

Business partners are also encouraged to spend a

portion of their CSI budgets on local projects, either

in partnership with our sites or independently. One

example of a major collaboration in 2023 was

Goedehoop and Komatsu’s financial contribution

towards the purchase of a state-of-the-art laser cutter

for an incubator project in the region’s steel sector.

Fellow capital equipment supplier Hitachi is helping

10 young people from eMalahleni qualify as

diesel mechanics, while Barloworld and Mafube

are currently working on the construction of a

R1.3million library at a rural school in Middelburg.

Security provider G4S has awarded five learnerships

in information technology to youngsters residing in

host communities and supplied two township nursery

schools with water tanks and jungle gyms.

#### Uplifting communities together

#### Building an ESG-focused

#### supply chain

A responsible sourcing policy was drafted

in the period under review and is set to be

approved by the board in the first quarter

of 2024. It highlights a set of mandatory

obligations suppliers and service providers

must comply with as a condition of doing

business with us.

Aligned with a broad range of international

human rights principles, it encompasses

five pillars and will ensure that anyone who

works with us:

• Acts in compliance with all international

and local laws.

• Limits their impact on human health, the

environment and climate.

• Does not support conﬂict.

• Adopts a zero-tolerance stance on

unethical behaviour, bribery and

corruption.

• Abides by the values embedded in our

code of conduct and human rights,

human resources and ESG policies.

Business partners will be expected to

implement these principles in a diligent and

transparent manner by integrating them into

their own risk management systems and

supply chains. They will also be required to

actively engage with their workers, suppliers

and stakeholders, to draw attention to

potential concerns.

Explosives company Enaex Africa’s

collaboration with Zibulo led to the

establishment of a much-needed

occupational therapy centre at Osizweni

School in Leandra.

Despite facing significant constraints, the school’s

extraordinary teaching staff create a loving and

supportive environment for 197 children with

severe intellectual disabilities.

The mine has long found inspiration in the school’s

work and did not hesitate to suggest Osizweni

when Enaex went in search of a worthy social

project it could invest in.

The result is an R800,000 occupational therapy

centre that gives therapists the space they need

to work with children on an individual level. This

includes activities like developing speech and

building muscle tone, gross and fine motor skills.

Johan Victor, a psychologist for the Department of

Education, said that the facility was not a luxury,

but an absolute necessity that the school had to

make do without.

“All our children have potential; someone just

needs to open the door to unlock it,” he said,

adding that the centre would help current and

future learners reach their next level of function.

109

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Value added to the economy

#### Our purpose is to share the value we create with all

#### ourstakeholders.

Economically, we achieve this by delivering shareholder returns, generating large-

scale employment, through our expenditure and service providers and investment in

local economic development. We also contribute through the payment of taxes and

royalties, further fulfilling our commitment to the regions in which we operate.

#### Value distributed

Rand (million)

2023

2022

Sisonke Employee Empowerment Scheme 156 448

Nkulo Community Partnership Trust 156 448

Host community procurement 2,000 2,300

Total procurement 9,600 8,200

Contribution to local communities 126 108

Royalties and mining taxes 4,766 9, 810

Wages and related payments 4,710 4,800

Capital investment 2,988 1,900

Royalties and taxes paid to governments

In 2023, we paid R5.6 billion in taxes in the form of corporate income, payroll,

dividend withholding tax, carbon and royalty taxes, skills development levies and

contributions to the unemployment insurance fund.

This is substantially lower than the R10.5 billion we paid in 2022, due to lower

benchmark coal prices and dividends paid in 2023. We have a dedicated

department to ensure the accurate and timeous payment of taxes and the

development of detailed tax policies to guide our business in fulfilling its obligations.

It also presents pertinent tax matters to the board and its audit committee which

oversees compliance with our tax policy.

Tax treatment aligns with commercial reality and we actively explore cooperative

compliance arrangements when opportunities arise. Our interactions with tax

authorities are rooted in a commitment to transparency.

Rand (million)

2023

2022

Corporate income tax 2 ,119 6,567

Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty tax 1,528 2,048

Payroll tax 1,496 1,152

Skills development levies and unemployment

insurancefund 66.4 38.76

Carbon tax 4.1 4.36

Dividend withholding taxes (UK shareholders) 352.2 787. 7

Tax transparency and governance

Being a responsible company rests on maintaining transparency in every facet of our organisation

and includes matters related to taxation. By adhering to the highest standards and practices of tax

governance, we effectively manage risks, cultivate strong relationships with relevant tax authorities,

and demonstrate the positive impact we have on development. Tax risks are mitigated through

the application of our tax policy and a risk appetite philosophy that prioritises shareholder value

without compromising our integrity, values and reputation though regulatory non-compliance.

Our approach

Efficient tax management

We plan tax matters in a responsible manner, only undertaking transactions and tax positions we

would be prepared to fully disclose to revenue authorities. We only undertake transactions and tax

positions that have commercial relevance to the business and make certain all tax positions are fully

compliant with relevant legal, regulatory and professional requirements.

Environment and future

sustainability

We prioritise ESG programmes as

strategic imperatives and ensure full

compliance with ‘green tax’ regulations

such as the carbon tax. We also

proactively engage in ongoing tax

and transparency discussions with

industry bodies, business forums and

civil society so that we can make a

meaningful contribution in tax-related

matters.

Communities and society

The utilisation of resources

should be aligned with our ESG

objectives and addressing the

needs of host communities. We

recognise that taxes play a vital

role in developing the economy

and fostering a sustainable,

inclusive future for communities

and society.

The South African

Revenue Service

and Australian

Taxation Office and

governments

It is critical that we

build and maintain

trusted, open and

long-term relationships

with revenue

authorities.

Shareholders

We plan and

organise our tax

affairs within the

confines of relevant

legislation to achieve

the most beneficial

post-tax position for

our business and its

shareholders.

Stakeholder engagement and commitments

110

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Good tax practice

Good tax practice encompasses legal compliance, financial stability and ethical considerations. For us,

this includes:

Tax policy and administration

•  Stable tax regimes with predictable rules that

are introduced prospectively, with stakeholder

consultation.

•  Tax legislation that follows internationally-agreed

principles and therefore fosters certainty.

•  Tax administration procedures that offer reliability

in terms of acceptable reimbursements and timing

of any refunds due.

Tax factors affecting the industry

Mining has a long-term horizon, which means

that investment decisions and operational

strategies are inﬂuenced by financial, political

and economic factors. Jurisdictions exhibiting

the following tax characteristics play a pivotal

role in fostering robust, enduring relationships

with taxpayers and support the development of

sustainable, long-term partnerships.

• Ensuring taxation is consistent with the structure

and location of our activities, their human

and material resources and the business and

financial risks assumed by each

• Integrating or aligning our tax policy, risk

management and control systems with

commercial, financial, human resources and

other policies

• Conducting transactions with related entities

based on normal market value, following the

arm’s length principle and compliance with

transfer pricing documentation obligations

established by tax legislation

• Never providing any services that may be

interpreted as tax advice and result in tax

evasion by clients, service providers or

employees

• Identifying and controlling tax risks associated

with the acquisition of assets, entities and

businesses by conducting due diligence

studies, structural studies or similar tax analysis

• The use of a manual for tax management

andcontrol, and for the supervision of internal

information and tax control systems that

isbinding on all employees and relevant

thirdparties.

Basis of taxation

• Tax should be levied on a fair and equitable basis,

enabling risk and reward to be shared between

the investor and government, thereby supporting

long-term investment, employment and the creation

of wealth.

• Tax should generally be levied on profits so that

appropriate tax revenues can be raised at the

appropriate time.

• Detailed tax rules should take into account the

mining industry’s specific characteristics, including

relief for exploration, infrastructure and capital

expenditure.

• Any mining-specific taxation should typically be in

the form of a mining royalty or tax based on profits

rather than revenue.

111

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCE APPENDICES

SOCIALENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

## GOVERNANCE

04

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

112

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

#### Sustainability governance

#### High standards of corporate governance drive our commitment to ESG by

#### emphasising transparency, accountability and ethical decision-making.

This commitment extends to rigorous risk management, which is

essential if we are to be a responsible custodian of our natural

environment and a conscientious corporate citizen.

Ethical principles are integrated into our values, code of conduct,

strategies, polices, procedures and standards.

Leadership

The board is led by independent non-executive director Sango Ntsaluba.

As chairman, he is responsible for setting the tone for an ethical culture at

board level, and for ensuring that the board fulfils its duties with integrity

and in accordance with established corporate governance principles.

He is also the board’s link to the chief executive officer, July Ndlovu, and

his executive committee. The executive committee is tasked with formulating

our short, medium and long-term objectives, generating satisfactory levels of

value creation and leading the implementation and execution of approved

strategies, policies and our code of conduct. Responsible for ensuring

that day-to-day operations are effectively supervised and controlled, the

committee must provide progress reports on the control of ESG-related risks,

the implementation of opportunities to better manage these, and propose

public disclosures for board approval, including those related to climate.

The oversight of daily ESG performance is the responsibility of the general

managers at each of our operations. Social performance management

committees aid in this effort, while frontline management provides regular

reports on safety, health and environmental (SHE) matters to the executive

committee during monthly and quarterly performance reviews. A monthly

SHE steering committee addresses specific issues, governance matters,

and operational feedback on action items through in-depth discussions

onESGtopics.

Sustainability governance

Given the coal industry’s global context, it is imperative that we

adopt both a transparent and pioneering approach to ESG.

In addition to addressing present concerns, the board must

actively seek out and pursue innovative ideas that will sustain

the future of the business, while simultaneously ensuring that it

leaves a positive legacy in post mining landscapes.

The board retains accountability for our ESG strategy, initiatives,

progress and reporting. It is also tasked with evaluating our

susceptibility and assessing our management of significant

environmental and social risks. It delegates responsibility for

managing impacts on the economy, environment and people

tothe chief executive officer and his executive committee.

ESG governance at Thungela encompasses:

• Setting clearly defined goals and objectives.

• Emphasis on risk management and internal controls.

• A thorough understanding of ESG structures, processes, risks

and opportunities.

• Honest and transparent reporting of ESG performance.

• The utilisation of best practice standards to elevate

sustainability efforts.

Our purpose is to create value for all stakeholders, including

shareholders, suppliers, employees and the communities that host

our mining sites. This can only be achieved through sound corporate

governance, which ensures that we act in the best interests of every

stakeholder, disclose accurate and transparent details of all aspects

of our performance, and take accountability for our actions.

WE COMMIT TO:

Zero tolerance for corruption, fraud and misconduct.

The reporting of inappropriate behaviour and the protection

ofwhistleblowers.

Diversity and inclusivity in the board composition and across

the entire organisation.

Tax transparency.

The timeous identification of business and ESG risks

andopportunities.

The prevention of anti-competitive anti-money

launderingpractices.

#### Our approach

Our approach to governance is informed by the principles outlined in the King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016 (King IV), the

performance standards established by the International Finance Corporation, legislation and accepted industry norms.

The board takes ultimate responsibility for our business’s performance in all areas, including ESG. This extends not just to Thungela, but also to

itssubsidiary companies, associates, trusts and joint ventures.

Robust processes, policies and principles guide the board’s activities and lay the foundation for a strong ethical culture. They ensure the board’s

adherence to statutory and industry requirements, providing direction and setting limitations on its decision-making.

More information on the board and its committees can be found

inourintegrated annual report. The biographies of all executive

and non-executive directors can be viewed on our website at

www.thungela.com/about-us/who-we-are.

More information on the board and its committees can be found

inourintegrated annual report. The biographies of all executive

and non-executive directors can be viewed on our website at

www.thungela.com/about-us/who-we-are.

113

INTRODUCTION

APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

SOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Board structure

In a governance restructuring exercise to optimise

board efficiency and effectiveness, we introduced

a new investment committee. The remuneration and

nomination committee was split into two separate

committees: the remuneration and human resources

committee and the nomination and governance

committee. The social and ethics committee is now

known as the social, ethics and transformation

committee, while the risk and sustainability committee

is referred to as the health, safety, environment and

risk committee.

AMONG THE

BOARD’S

ROLES AND

RESPONSIBILITIES

ARE:

Focus on environmental management and transparent

reporting on issues such as responsible water use, mine

closure, climate change, and driving the pathway to

net zero emissions.

Emphasising the implementation of, and compliance

with, governance processes and procedures with a

zero tolerance for fraud and corruption.

Ensuring the business operates safely.

Ensuring adequate succession planning

atseniorlevels.

Reviewing operational performance

andmanagement.

Reviewing policies and processes that ensure the

integrity of risk management and internal controls.

• Has expanded duties

and required to report

on, and oversee, the

effectiveness and

integrity of the Group’s

accounting and

financial reporting,

external audit, internal

audit, integrated

reporting and

combined assurance

Audit

committee

• Oversees human

resource development,

talent management and

skills retention

• Reviews, for board and

shareholder approval,

the remuneration report

and considers all

remuneration-related

matters, including

salary increases and

incentive awards

Remuneration

and human

resources

committee

• Reviews and evaluates

all investments and

related financing,

divestments, corporate

restructuring and

financing proposals,

which exceed Group

executive committee

authority and require

board approval

• Monitors execution and

tracks performance post

implementation

Investment

committee

• Nominates, elects

and appoints board

members

• Responsible for board

succession planning,

board performance

evaluations, the review

and recommendation

of sound governance

principles and

monitoring of regulatory

compliance.

Nomination

and

governance

committee

• Oversees transformation,

employment equity and

compliance with the 10

United Nations Global

Compact (UNGC)

Principles

• Manages B-BBEE, ethics

and responsible business

practices, stakeholder

relations and responsible

corporate citizenship

Social, ethics

and

transformation

committee

• Has overall oversight of

group risk, IM as well

as of sustainability with

a focus on safety, health

and environment

• Determines the Group’s

risk appetite and

reviews legal matters

Health,

safety,

environment,

and risk

committee

BOARD

114

INTRODUCTION

APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

SOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Code of conduct and business integrity

Our code of conduct and business integrity policy are available both

on the company intranet and our website. Regular awareness of these,

and our whistleblowing service, is created via various internal platforms,

including the Thungela Weekly. Employees receive this electronic

newsletter via email or SMS every Thursday. Board members receive

regular reminders via email.

All levels of management, employees, contractors and key suppliers must

be trained on the code of conduct and business integrity policy.

More than 85% of contract company supervisors and 95% of employees

have undergone training on the code of conduct and business integrity

policy. Monthly awareness topics focusing on the code’s different

elements educate members of the workforce on what is expected

ofthem.

Contraventions to these policies were reported, investigated and closed

out. Disciplinary action ensued where necessary.

Whistleblowing

Our independently-managed

whistleblowing service, HAIBO!, is integral

to the elimination of unethical behaviour and

is available both to internal and external

stakeholders, including board members,

employees, contractors, business partners

and members of the general public.

It allows for the anonymous reporting of illegal, inappropriate and

unscrupulous behaviour, and guarantees the confidentiality and

protection of whistleblowers. Our policy on whistleblowing can be

accessed on our website.

Reporting is actively encouraged via a range of internal and

external communication platforms, during return-from-leave

induction, and mandatory training on aspects such as human rights,

our code of conduct and bullying, victimisation and harassment.

Whistleblowers can make reports anonymously in the language of

their choice using a toll-free hotline and dedicated email address.

In 2023, the hotline was contacted 69 times. This resulted in 44

official reports, 25 of which were resolved by the end of the year.

Two cases resulted in disciplinary action.

The social, ethics and transformation committee regularly reviews

a summary of reports to identify possible trends and corrective

actions required. It also reviews feedback on incidents and the

outcomes of investigations. Incidents that may have a substantial

financial impact are reported to the audit committee.

Risk, sustainability and compliance

The social, ethics and transformation committee and the health, safety,

environment and risk committee are responsible for ESG, with special

emphasis on the social and environmental aspects of our business.

The former’s primary purpose is to ensure that we comply with the

laws, codes and standards that apply in the running of a principled

and socially responsible business, focusing on ethics, stakeholder

relationships, corporate citizenship, inclusion and diversity, and

humanrights.

The latter oversees the identification, consideration and monitoring of

SHE risks and impacts and ensures that the business has implemented

effective policies, plans and practices for managing these.

In addition, it reviews and develops framework policies and guidelines

for the management of sustainable development issues, commissions

sustainable development audits to assess legal and internal compliance

and ensures that management systems such as hazard identification and

risk assessment, medical surveillance and incident investigation are in

place, to aid in identifying and managing risks.

Transparent reporting

It is only through accurate and transparent reporting that shareholders,

potential investors, lenders, business partners, advocacy groups,

communities and many other stakeholders can make an informed

assessment of our business. The board reviewed and approved our

interim and annual financial statements, notice of annual general

meeting and reporting suite, including the Group’s integrated, ESG and

climate change reports. In 2023, we were assessed by six global rating

agencies. Apart from improving our scores across various metrics, we

were classed ‘very high’ for ‘transparency’ and ‘data availability’.

Diversity

Our business’s commitment to inclusivity extends to the board, which

is made up of individuals whose diversity of knowledge, race, cultural

background, age and gender all contribute positively to the delivery

of its mandate. Our inclusion and diversity policy considers all aspects

of diversity and promotes inclusivity throughout the organisation. We

commit to transparent and fair executive pay structures linked to several

factors, including ESG performance.

Whistleblowing

Two women serve as independent non-executive directors on our

board alongside four black and two white males. Aged between 46

and 64, their combined accounting, financial, technical, engineering,

sustainability and management expertise ensures that the board is

appropriately structured with complementary skill sets, knowledge and a

well-distributed balance of authority.

All board appointments are made on merit in the context of their skills,

experience, independence and knowledge. Every year, the nomination

and governance committee reviews and considers whether the board

remains effective in terms of its size, diversity and demographics.

Ethical leadership

By doing business the right way, we look out for our stakeholders’ best

interests. It means being responsible in our operations, owning up to our

actions and sharing honest and clear information on our performance.

We value honesty, fairness, respect, community and integrity, which must

be displayed at the highest levels. To promote ethical leadership we have

a company-wide code of ethics and whistleblowing policy and process

all of which are communicated throughout the organisation including the

board. Our policy is to address unethical behaviour promptly and fairly

while recognising and rewarding ethical conduct. The board derives its

rights and duties from the board charter and maintains a clear balance

of power and authority to ensure that no one director has unfettered

powers of decision-making.

115

INTRODUCTION

APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

SOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

A bottom-up and top-down review of all risk and control registers is

undertaken to ensure that risks are properly considered throughout all

levels of the organisation. The IRM framework gives guidance on the

ownership, frequency and timing of reassessments, documentation output

and facilitation and review responsibility for various business processes.

By understanding, prioritising and managing our risks, we

safeguard our people, assets, legal position, values, reputation

and the environment. We are also better able to identify related

opportunities that best serve the long-term interests of all our

stakeholders.

Our focus is on ensuring compliance with the JSE Limited’s Listing

Requirements and King IV, with particular emphasis on principle 11

which applies to integrated risk management (IRM). This principle

emphasises the importance of governing risk in a manner that

enables organisations to set and achieve their strategic objectives

while demonstrating their commitment to sustainable practices.

Our approach

Our IRM policy, framework and operational risk management

(ORM) standard govern the way we manage risk and are

applicable to all operations, business functions and projects. The

IRM methodology is aligned with the International Organization for

Standardization (ISO) 31000 standard.

IRM is a formal process that exists to ensure that risks are

methodically identified, assessed and effectively managed and

that risk-related information ﬂows throughout the organisation.

Each operation or entity has a risk and control register that informs

the compilation of a single executive risk summary report for the

identification of principle risks that can be assessed against the

established risk appetite. This report is updated and presented to the

board for approval twice a year.

Operational

and functional

risk

Project

risk

#### Integrated

#### executive risks

#### Integrated risk management

Effective risk management is essential for the

safe, sustainable and responsible creation and

protection of value.

Avoiding conﬂicts of interest

Directors do not engage in direct business transactions and are required

to disclose their business interests to the remuneration and nomination

committee annually to affirm their independence. Board and committee

meetings also begin with declarations of personal interests where

members are required to formally declare real, potential or perceived

direct and indirect conﬂicts.

New employees must disclose conﬂicts of interest and vetting is

undertaken during their appointment. Additionally, we have an electronic

register where individuals are required to declare real and perceived

conﬂicts of interest and external directorships. These declarations are

signed off by their managers, and the register is audited annually by the

internal audit department.

Operations assessed for risks related to corruption

Corruption-related risk assessments are undertaken at all operations. This

process is overseen by our internal audit department, which monitors and

reports on these to the board and executive committee. A condensed

report is presented to the social, ethics and transformation committee

quarterly, and subsequently, relayed to the board.

Regulatory compliance

We recognise the importance of complying with legislation and

adhering to non-binding codes and standards, embedding a culture

of compliance, and providing the board and management with the

assurance that all legal and regulatory requirements have been met.

The compliance function is divided between the legal and risk and

assurance disciplines and is aligned with our strategic objectives. We are

in the process of developing a system to track and monitor regulatory

compliance to allow for the timeous adoption of appropriate remedial or

mitigating steps when required.

The compliance function provides reports to the nomination and

governance committee on the level of regulatory compliance achieved.

Representatives of this function attend committee meetings by invitation.

Delegation of authority

Our approvals framework has been updated to include Ensham Mine in

respect of delegation of authority and regulatory compliance. Aspects

included in the framework are execution, operational expenditure and

supply chain; communication and ESG; human resources, finance, legal,

assurance; sales and marketing; and governance and strategy. The

framework is reviewed annually for relevance.

116

INTRODUCTION

APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

SOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Operational risk management

Our ORM standard provides the detail on how to implement risk management

at an operational level and ensures that sites meet the requirements of our

IRM policy and framework. The ORM process is structured into four inter-

related layers (baseline/issue-based/task-based and continuous risk

management) that enable employees to manage risk effectively across all

activities. Using the process, operational colleagues can understand, plan

against and mitigate unwanted events by implementing the necessary controls

and executing work to minimise negative consequences. Core to ORM is the

identification, management and assurance of critical controls, particularly in

respect of operational risks that could result in workplace fatalities and other

catastrophicevents.

ORM is a dynamic process that evolves and improves as we learn from

incidents. The reporting and investigation of incidents enables a better

understanding of our risks and how we manage them through hazard

prevention and control measures. We provide risk management training and

refresher training to employees appropriate to their accountabilities.

The integrated risk management process

The risk assessment process shown in the diagram to the

right is iterative and is undertaken on a consistent basis.

The first steps are to define what should be included in

the process and to compile a list of risks or events that

may prevent or delay the achievement of pre-defined

business objectives. These may or may not be within our

control. Risk analysis is undertaken to assess root causes,

contributing factors and potential consequences, with

the level of detail varying based on the assessment’s

objectives, the identified risk and its materiality.

Risk evaluation entails determining which risks need

treatment and prioritised management attention and

involves identifying current controls and assessing their

effectiveness. Future-oriented risk treatment actions are

not considered when assigning current risk ratings.

Risks are rated to enable their prioritisation and

measurement over time. Ratings are determined using a

combination of consequence (what might happen if a

risk event occurs) and likelihood (the probability of the

risk event occurring) on a 5x5 matrix.

Thungela defines risk appetite as the nature and extent

of the risk it is willing to accept in the pursuit of its

objectives. Risk tolerance refers to the organisation’s

strategic capacity to accept or absorb risk.

Responsibility and accountability

A key duty of the board and executive management team is risk management. The health, safety, environment and risk committee and the

audit committee, are responsible for monitoring and assisting in the IRM process. They regularly evaluate the process and lines of defence

tomake sure that risk is recognised, managed, mitigated and reported in a timely and appropriate manner.

Risk management is integrated across the organisation and is embedded in critical processes to ensure that it supports both day-to-day

activities and executive decision-making at an operational and corporate level.

Figure out the

context

Understand the

hazards

Identify the

unwanted events

Analyse

the risks

What controls

could be

implemented?

Treat the risks

COMMUNICATE WITH YOUR TEAM

#### Check that the controls are working

Please see page 56 of the integrated annual

report for the risk matrix.

117

INTRODUCTION

APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

SOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### At Thungela, we have

#### three levels of assurance

or lines of defence:

Assurance

Assurance is a key part of risk management as it ensures that

effective controls are in place. Various internal and external

review and assurance programmes make certain that priority

catastrophic and sustainability-related risks are identified and

that adequate controls are instituted to manage them. Outputs

from these are documented and retained as evidence of

programme implementation.

Thungela’s internal assurance services is the custodian of the

IRM framework and supports the execution of risk management

activities at operations. It is responsible for producing the

executive risk report twice annually and for developing

assurance plans based on the outputs of risk and control

registers. Operational risk audits are conducted on a rotational

basis, with follow-up audits being performed to verify that

agreed management actions related to significant findings have

been addressed.



FIRST LEVEL ASSURANCE

SECOND LEVEL ASSURANCE

THIRD LEVEL ASSURANCE

#### Operations

#### Functional owners

#### and subject matter

#### experts (SME)

#### Thungela internal

assurance services and

#### third-party auditors

Empowered to manage their own risks through inspections and

operational checks, by self-correcting deviations and demonstrating

how objectives can be achieved. This involves specific monitoring, for

example, water sampling, dust monitoring and survey, with the analysis

of results driving actions. Sites undertake self-assessments against our

technical standards.

Confirm and challenge first level opinions, provide

monitoring, analysis and support to enable the effective

management of risks. Site audits and investigations

are undertaken by SMEs and functional experts.

Crossoperational audits also take place.

Provide independent and objective

opinions on standards, governance and

risk management to achieve objectives

and facilitate continuous improvement.

This includes audits against the

ISO14001 and ISO45001

standards, legal compliance audits

and ESG dataassurance.

Collaboration between all levels

Collaboration between all levels

118

INTRODUCTION

APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE

SOCIAL

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

## APPENDICES

05

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

119

INTRODUCTION

ENVIRONMENT

GOVERNANCE APPENDICESSOCIAL

![]()

#### Performance tables

#### SAFETY AND HEALTH

#### Safety

2023 2022 2021 2020

Fatality 1 0 1 1

Lost-time injuries (LTIs) 20 15 15 17

Lost-time injury frequency rate (LTIFR)\* 0.97 0.85 0.81 0.85

Total recordable case frequency rate (TRCFR)\*  1.40 1.41 1.35 1. 51

Total medical treatment cases (MTC) 8 10 9 12

Total recordable cases (TRCs) 29 25 25 30

High-potential incidents (HPIs) 10 6 6 6

Voluntary stoppages 41 36 20 10

\*  Rates are calculated per 1,000,000 hours and include employees and contractors.

#### Occupational exposures

2023 2022 2021 2020

Total number of workers in HEG A – respirable

hazards 522 639 685 635

Total number of workers exposed to carcinogens >

OEL 0 0 0 0

Total number of workers exposed to noise

>105dBA 8-hr TWA 0 0 0 0

Total number of workers exposed to noise levels

>85 dBA 8-hr TWA 3,622 2,643 2 ,914 3,237

Number of health HPIs reported 0 0 1 0

Number of health HPHs reported 124 121 244 42

#### New cases of occupational disease

2023 2022 2021 2020

Noise-induced hearing loss 2 2 1 6

Chronic obstructive airways disease  0 1 0 0

Occupational TB 1 1 0 0

Occupational asthma 0 0 0 0

Coal workers' pneumoconiosis 0 0 0 0

#### HIV/AIDS

2023 2022 2021 2020

Number of employees (annual average value) 4,550 4,592 4,467 4,936

Number of employee voluntary testing and

counselling cases (total tested) 4,467 4,364 4,067 4,544

Percentage of employees who know their status 98 95 94 92

Number of new HIV cases 20 33 28 52

Known HIV-positive employees on antiretroviral

treatment (ART) (%) 96 95 93 94

Number of employee AIDS deaths 0 0 0 0

TB

2023 2022 2021 2020

New pulmonary TB cases 2 3 2 3

New extra-pulmonary TB cases 0 2 0 2

Proven TB deaths 0 0 0 0

Annualised TB incidence rate per 100,000

population 44 12 0 45 101

12 0

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### ENVIRONMENT

#### GHG emissions (kt CO

2

e)

2023 2022 2021 2020

Scope 1 295 308 362 369

Fossil fuels  121 112 137 15 5

Fugitive emissions  170 192 219 209

Process emissions  4 4 4.77 5

Scope 2 433 440 457 514

Total scope 1 and 2 emissions 729 74 8 819 883

Scope 3

1

32,033 37, 071 54,744 64,680

Scope 1 and 2 GHG intensity (kg CO

2

e/TTM)

2

3.56 4.02 4.56 4.60

#### Water

2023 2022 2021 2020

Water withdrawals by source (1,000 m

3

)

Freshwater withdrawal 369 767 865 785

Potable water withdrawal from EWRP

4

1,097 1, 312 1 , 711 1 , 711

Total withdrawal 2 7,115 34,472 28,444 25,861

Surface water

5

19,530 25,788 19,384 16,929

Ground water 5,862 6,413 6,050 5,537

Third party 1,753 2,271 3,067 3,432

Water treated (%) 69 57 57 66

Water efficiency (reuse/recycle) (%) 96 96 95 58

Water discharges (1,000 m

3

)

Total water discharged 25,842 19,869 21,835 20,347

Treated water discharged from EWRP

5

9,764 5,995 7,408 5,757

Total consumption 9,575 12,567 11 , 9 9 4 13, 075

#### Environmental incidents

2023 2022 2021 2020

Level 3 2 1 1 0

Level 4 0 1 0 0

Level 5 0 0 0 0

#### Energy consumption

2023 2022 2021 2020

Energy from electricity (million GJ) 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.78

Energy from fossil fuel use (million GJ) 1.64 1. 51 1.85 2.09

Total energy used (million GJ) 3 .14 3.01 3.42 3.87

Energy intensity (MJ/TTM)

3

15.332 16.164 19.04 20 .16

Electricity consumption (MWh) 416,824 415, 732 494,626 434,916

Diesel consumption (kl) 45,263 41,800 57,838 51,285

#### Non-mineral waste

2023 2022 2021 2020

Hazardous waste to legal landfill (tonnes) 889 776 916 931

Non-hazardous waste to legal landfill (tonnes) 1,442 1,10 3 1,416 1,297

#### Air emissions

2023 2022 2021 2020

Total SO

2

from processes and fuel use (tonnes) 2 815 1,357 3 , 7 71

Total NO

2

from processes and fuel use (tonnes) 1,860 1,744 2,096 2,338

1

Total Scope 3 emissions for 2022 have been restated from 35,947 kt CO

2

e due to the addition of shipping-related emissions in Category 9.

2

The carbon intensity metric for 2022 has been restated based on changes to the total tonnes moved at Isibonelo, where key mining processes such as dozing and pre-stripping had erroneously been excluded from the calculation.

3

The energy intensity metric for 2022 has been restated based on changes to the total tonnes moved at Isibonelo, where key mining processes such as dozing and pre-stripping had erroneously been excluded from the calculation.

4

2020 – 2022 potable water values for Zibulo were corrected as they were previously overstated due to incorrect inclusion of non-potable ﬂow to store.

5

In the 2022 environmental, social and governance report surface water and ground water values were reversed due to a mapping error in the report production process. This has been corrected.

6

A Capturing error corrected on 2020 – 2022 treated water discharged from EWRP – previous numbers included EWRP consumption and discharge

121

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### People

#### Occupational levels

Male Female Foreign nationals Total

Group A C I W A C I W Male Female Male Female Total

Top management 1 0 0 4 1 0 0 1 1 0 6 2 8

Senior management 30 4 5 40 19 1 5 16 2 0 82 41 12 3

Middle management 151 7 6 95 107 2 5 34 10 0 268 14 8 416

Junior management 278 7 11 70 132 7 0 21 12 1 378 161 539

Disabled 27 0 0 1 40 0 0 1 0 0 28 41 69

Total 487 18 22 210 299 10 10 73 25 1 762 393 1,15 5

Per South African classification:

A – African

C – Coloured

I – Indian

W – White

#### Women in management (%)

2023 2022 2021 2020

Top management 25 25 25 22

Senior management 34 30 26 22

Middle management 36 32 32 29

Junior management 30 27 25 23

Age and gender profiles of employees (%) (permanent,

#### fixed-term, mining contractors and learners)

2023

2022 2021 2020

Full-time employees (average age) 42 41 41 42

Employees below 30 years of age (%) 8 10 9 8

Employees between 30 – 50 years of age (%) 70 72 74 72

Employees more than 50 years of age 22 17 17 20

Female employees (average age) 39 38 39 38

Female employees below 30 years of age (%) 4 4 3 3

Female employees between 30 – 50 years of age (%) 22 21 21 19

Female employees more than 50 years of age 3 3 3 3

Overall women as % workforce 29 28 27 25

122

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Employment statistics

Permanent employee 2023 2022 2021 2020

Zibulo 915 949 896 925

Khwezela 562 557 545 980

Greenside 809 875 792 775

Goedehoop 777 783 797 799

Isibonelo 403 422 424 356

Mafube 424 427 410 378

Rietvlei 34 30 16 21

Head office and centralised services 507 549 566 642

Total own employees 4,431 4,592 4,446 4,876

Mining contractors 1,855 1760 1,825 2,269

Capital projects contractors 282 223 175 101

Total contracting staff\* 2 ,137 1,983 2,000 2,370

Total workforce 6,568 6,575 6,446 7,246

\*  Numbers based on fixed term equivalent.

#### Employment creation

2023 2022 2021 2020

Total number new employees 159 296 189 164

New employees (%) 4 7 4 3

#### Labour turnover

2023 % 2022 % 2021 % 2020 %

By reason for separation

Resignations 97 30 14 5 41 90 18 57 10

Redundancies 0 0 0 0 69 13 8 1

Dismissals 52 16 59 17 63 12 42 7

Voluntary severance package 0 0 1 0 177 35 333 56

Other 174 54 14 5 41 114 22 153 26

By ethnic group

African 247 76 269 77 395 77 430 73

Coloured 6 2 2 1 8 2 2 0

Indian 5 2 3 1 7 1 3 1

White 65 20 76 22 103 20 15 8 27

#### Turnover by gender and age in 2023

20–29 30–39 40–49 50–59 60–69 Total

Female 10 13 4 2 2 31

Male 11 19 14 9 16 69

Total 21 33 18 11 18 100

12 3

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### GRI INDEX

#### GRI content index

Statement of use Thungela Resources Limited has reported in accordance with core requirements of the GRI Standards for the period 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023

GRI 1 used GRI 1: Foundation 2021

Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s) GRI 12: Coal Sector 2022

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

GENERAL DISCLOSURES

GRI 2: General disclosures

2021

2-1 Organisational details Environmental, social governance report (ESGR): 144

Integrated annual report (IAR): Inside back cover

2-2 Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reporting ESGR: 2, 6–8

2-3 Reporting period, frequency and contact point ESGR: 2, 144. An ESG report is produced annually.

2-4 Restatements of information ESGR: 47, 48, 51, 121

2-5 External assurance ESGR: 135–137

2-6 Activities, value chain and other business relationships ESGR: 22–26, 98–99 IAR: 2,3, 14–28, 42–45,

2-7 Employees ESGR: 85, 122–123

2-8 Workers who are not employees ESGR: 85, 122–123

2-9 Governance structure and composition ESGR: 113–115 IAR: 30–33, 92–101

2-10 Nomination and selection of the highest governance body IAR: 94–101, 133, 134

2-11 Chairman of the highest governance body ESGR: 113–115 IAR: 30, 95–96

2-12 Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts ESGR: 113–115 IAR: 95–101, 128–131

2-13 Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts ESGR: 113–115 IAR: 95–101, 128–131

12 4

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

2-14 Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting ESGR: 2, 113–115 IAR: 94, 128–131

2-15 Conﬂicts of interest ESGR: 116

2-16 Communication of critical concerns ESGR: 113–116 IAR: 128–131

2-17 Collective knowledge of the highest governance body IAR: 30, 31

2-18 Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body IAR: 96, 133, 134

2-19 Remuneration policies IAR: 102–127

2-20 Process to determine remuneration IAR: 102–127

2-21 Annual total compensation ratio IAR: 102–127

2-22 Statement on sustainable development strategy ESGR: 18–21

2-23 Policy commitments ESGR: 18–21, 32, 88, 101, 109, 113–116

The Thungela Code of Conduct which is available on our website

https://www.thungela.com/suppliers/learn-about-fraud

2-24 Embedding policy commitments ESGR: 18–21, 32, 88, 101 109, 113–116

2-25 Processes to remediate negative impacts ESGR: 18–21, 28, 29, 32, 34–36, 37, 41, 42, 49, 55, 86, 88,

91, 97, 100, 102–105, 109, 115 IAR: 128–133

2-26 Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns ESGR: 115 IAR 92, 93, 128–129

2-27 Compliance with laws and regulations ESGR: 33, 69

2-28 Membership associations Climate change report (CCR): 30, 31

2-29 Approach to stakeholder engagement ESGR: 22–26, 97–99

2-30 Collective bargaining agreements ESGR: 87

12 5

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

MATERIAL TOPICS

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-1 Process to determine material topics ESGR: 27

3-2 List of material topics ESGR: 27–30

ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE

GRI 3: Material topics 2021 12.8.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 110, 111 IAR: 62–78

GRI 201: Economic

performance 2016

12.8.2; 12.21.2 201-1 Direct economic value generated and distributed ESGR: 11, 106–108, 110, 111

12.2.2 201-2 Financial implications and other risks and opportunities due to climate change CCR: 14, 16-19, 28

201-3 Defined benefit plan obligations and other retirement plans IAR: 102-112 Annual financial Statements (AFS): 83, 145–148

12.21.3 201-4 Financial assistance received from government None

MARKET PRESENCE

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 85, 86 IAR 102–105

GRI 202: Market

presence 2016

12.19.2 202-1 Ratios of standard entry level wage by gender compared to local minimum wage IAR: 102–127

12.8.3; 12.19.3 202-2 Proportion of senior management hired from the local community ESGR: 10, 86, 87, 122, 123

INDIRECT ECONOMIC IMPACTS

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.8.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 89-96

GRI 203: Indirect

economic impacts 2016

12.8.4 203-1 Infrastructure investments and services supported ESGR: 11, 89–96, 106–107, 110

203-2 Significant indirect economic impacts ESGR: 11, 89–96, 106–107

PROCUREMENT PRACTICES

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 108, 109

GRI 204: Procurement

Practices 2016

12.8.6 204-1 Proportion of spending on local suppliers ESGR: 11, 108

12 6

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

ANTI-CORRUPTION

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.20.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 21, 114, 115, 116 IAR: 92, 95, 128, 129

GRI 205: Anti-corruption

2016

12.20.2 205-1 Operations assessed for risks related to corruption ESGR: 116

12.20.3 205-2 Communication and training about anti-corruption policies and procedures ESGR: 115 IAR 92, 93

12.20.4 205-3 Confirmed incidents of corruption and actions taken ESGR: 115

Additional sector

disclosures

12.20.6 List the organisation’s beneficial owners and explain how the organisation identifies the beneficial owners of

business partners, including joint ventures and suppliers

ESGR: 8 IAR: 2,3 AFS 2–5

ANTI-COMPETITIVE BEHAVIOR

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 21, 101, 113, IAR: 92

GRI 206: Anti-competitive

behaviour 2016

206-1 Legal actions for anti-competitive behaviour, anti-trust, and monopoly practices None

TAX

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics ESGR : 110, 111

GRI 207: Tax 2019

12.21.4 207-1 Approach to tax ESGR : 110, 111

12.21.5 207-2 Tax governance, control, and risk management ESGR : 110, 111

12.21.6 207-3 Stakeholder engagement and management of concerns related to tax ESGR : 110, 111

12.21.7 207-4 Country-by-country reporting ESGR : 110, 111 IAR 67, 68,

12 7

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

ENERGY

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 19, 48

GRI 302: Energy 2016

12.1.2 302-1 Energy consumption within the organisation

ESGR: 48, 121

12.1.3 302-2 Energy consumption outside of the organisation CCR: 27

12.1.4 302-3 Energy intensity ESGR: 11, 48, 121 CCR: 28

302-4 Reduction of energy consumption ESGR: 48 CCR: 28

WATER AND EFFLUENTS

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.7.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 19, 49, 50, 52, 53

GRI 303: Water and

efﬂuents 2018

12.7.2 303-1 Interactions with water as a shared resource ESGR: 49, 50, 60, 61, 102

12.7.3 303-2 Management of water discharge-related impacts ESGR: 32–36, 31–34, 46–48, 53

12.7.4 303-3 Water withdrawal ESGR: 10, 51, 121

12.7.5 303-4 Water discharge ESGR: 50, 121

12.7.6 303-5 Water consumption ESGR: 121

BIODIVERSITY

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.5.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 59–62

GRI 304: Biodiversity 2016

12.5.2 304-1 Operational sites owned, leased, managed in, or adjacent to, protected areas and areas of high

biodiversity value outside protected areas ESGR: 121

12.5.3 304-2 Significant impacts of activities, products and services on biodiversity ESGR: 59–62

12.5.4 304-3 Habitats protected or restored ESGR: 52, 58, 62, 63

12.5.5 304-4 IUCN Red List species and national conservation list species with habitats in areas affected by operations ESGR: 62, 63

12 8

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

EMISSIONS

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.1.1; 12.4.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 37, 42–45

GRI 305: Emissions 2016

12.1.5 305-1 Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions

ESGR: 10, 47, 121

12.1.6 305-2 Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions ESGR: 10, 47, 121

12.1.7 305-3 Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions ESGR: 10, 47, 121 CCR: 27

12.1.8 305-4 GHG emissions intensity ESGR: 10, 47, 121

12.2.3 305-5 Reduction of GHG emissions ESGR: 42–45, 48

305-6 Emissions of ozone-depleting substances (ODS) Thungela does not emit ODS

12.4.2 305-7 Nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulfur oxides (SOx), and other significant air emissions ESGR: 38

WASTE

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.6.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 39, 41

GRI 306: Waste 2020

12.6.2 306-1 Waste generation and significant waste-related impacts

ESGR: 39, 41

12.6.3 306-2 Management of significant waste-related impacts ESGR: 38, 41

12.13.2 306-3 Significant spills ESGR: 51

12.6.4 306-3 Waste generated ESGR: 40

12.6.5 306-4 Waste diverted from disposal ESGR: 40, 41

12.6.6 306-5 Waste directed to disposal ESGR: 40

SUPPLIER ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

GRI 3: Material topics 2021 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 109

12 9

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

EMPLOYMENT

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.15.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 75–88

GRI 401: Employment 2016

12.15.2 401-1 New employee hires and employee turnover ESGR: 85, 123

12.15.3 401-2 Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary or part-time employees ESGR: 78 IAR: 102–127

12.15.4; 12.19.4 401-3 Parental leave ESGR: 78

LABOUR/MANAGEMENT RELATIONS

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 87

GRI 402: Labor/

Management Relations

2016

12.3.2;12.15.5 402-1 Minimum notice periods regarding operational changes

ESGR: 87

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.14.1 3-3 Management of material topics

ESGR: 67–74

GRI 403: Occupational

health and safety 2018

12.14.2 403-1 Occupational health and safety management system ESGR: 65, 69

12.14.3 403-2 Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation ESGR: 67, 70, 116–118

12.14.4 403-3 Occupational health services ESGR: 70–74

12.14.5 403-4 Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational health and safety ESGR: 65, 67–69, 70

12.14.6 403-5 Worker training on occupational health and safety ESGR: 69, 70

12.14.7 403-6 Promotion of worker health ESGR: 70–74

12.14.8 403-7 Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts directly linked by business relationships ESGR: 67–74

12.14.9 403-8 Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system ESGR: 69, 70

12.14.10 403-9 Work-related injuries ESGR: 65, 66, 120

12.14.11 403-10 Work-related ill health ESGR: 71, 72, 120

130

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

TRAINING AND EDUCATION

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 78–84

GRI 404: Training and

education 2016

12.15.6; 12.19.5 404-1 Average hours of training per year per employee ESGR: 80

12.3.3;12.15.7 404-2 Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs ESGR: 78–84

404-3 Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career development reviews ESGR: 80

DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 85, 86

GRI 405: Diversity and

equal opportunity 2016

12.19.6 405-1 Diversity of governance bodies and employees ESGR: 86, 87, 115, 122

NON-DISCRIMINATION

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.19.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 86, 88

GRI 406: Non-

discrimination 2016

12.19.8 406-1 Incidents of discrimination and corrective actions taken None

FREEDOM OF ASSOCIATION AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.18.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 87

GRI 407: Freedom of

association and collective

bargaining 2016

12.18.2 407-1 Operations and suppliers in which the right to freedom of association and collective bargaining

maybeatrisk

None

131

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

CHILD LABOUR

GRI 3: Material topics 2021 12.16.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 88 IAR: 128

GRI 408: Child labour 2016 12.16.2 408-1 Operations and suppliers at significant risk for incidents of child labour None

FORCED OR COMPULSORY LABOUR

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.17.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 88 IAR: 128

GRI 409: Forced or

compulsory labour 2016

12.17.2 409-1 Operations and suppliers at significant risk for incidents of forced or compulsory labour None

SECURITY PRACTICES

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12 .12 .1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 101, 102

GRI 410: Security practices

2016

12.12.2 410-1 Security personnel trained in human rights policies or procedures ESGR: 101

RIGHTS OF INDIGENOUS PEOPLES

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.11.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 101, 102

GRI 411: Rights of

indigenous peoples 2016

12.11.2 411-1 Incidents of violations involving rights of indigenous peoples None

Additional sector

disclosures

12.11.3 List the locations of operations where indigenous peoples are present or affected by activities of the organisation. None

132

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

LOCAL COMMUNITIES

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12 . 9.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 89–109

GRI 413: Local communities

2016

12.9.2 413-1 Operations with local community engagement, impact assessments, and development programs ESGR: 89–109

12.9.3 413-2 Operations with significant actual and potential negative impacts on local communities ESGR: 89–109

Additional sector disclosure

12.9.4 Report the number and type of grievances from local communities identified ESGR: 100

SUPPLIER SOCIAL ASSESSMENT

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 109

GRI 414: Supplier social

assessment 2016

12.15.8;

12.16.3; 12.17.3

414-1 New suppliers that were screened using social criteria ESGR: 109

PUBLIC POLICY

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.22.1 3-3 Management of material topics The Thungela Code of Conduct which is available on our

website. https://www.thungela.com/suppliers/learn-

about-fraud

GRI 415: Public policy 2016

12.22.2 415-1 Political contributions No political contributions were made in accordance with

Thungela’s Code of Conduct

CLIMATE ADAPTATION, RESILIENCE, AND TRANSITION

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.2.1 3-3 Management of material topics CCR: 13–24

Additional sector

disclosures

12.2.4 Describe the organisation’s approach to public policy development and lobbying on climate change CCR: 30, 31

133

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

GRI STANDARD/

OTHERSOURCE

GRI

Coal Sector

standard Disclosure Location

CLOSURE AND REHABILITATION

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.3.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 54–57

Additional sector

disclosures

12.3.4 List of operational sites that have closure and rehabilitation plans, been closed, undergoing closure activities ESGR: 55, 56

Additional sector

disclosures

12.3.5 Report the total monetary value of financial provisions made by the organisation for closure and rehabilitation ESGR: 56, 57

Additional sector

disclosures

12.3.6 Describe non-financial provisions made by the organisation to manage the local community’s socio-economic

transition to a sustainable post-mining economy

ESGR: 42, 45, 55 CCR: 16–19, 25

LAND AND RESOURCE RIGHTS

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.10 .1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 102, 103–105

Additional sector

disclosures

12.10.2 List the locations of operations that caused or contributed to involuntary resettlement or where such resettlement

isongoing and describe how peoples’ livelihoods and human rights were affected and restored

ESGR: 102, 103–105

ASSET INTEGRITY AND CRITICAL INCIDENT MANAGEMENT

GRI 3: Material topics 2021

12.13.1 3-3 Management of material topics ESGR: 41

Additional sector

disclosures

12.13.3 Report the number of critical incidents in the reporting period and describe their impacts. ESGR: 51

Additional sector

Disclosures

12.13.4 List the organisation’s tailings facilities, and report the name, location, and ownership status. ESGR: 41

134

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Independent assurance statement

#### To the directors of Thungela Resources

#### Limited

#### Introduction

IBIS Environmental Social Governance Consulting Africa (Pty) Ltd

(IBIS) was commissioned by Thungela Resources Limited to conduct

an independent third-party assurance engagement in relation to select

sustainability information in the Thungela Environmental, Social and

Governance (ESG) Report (the Report) for the financial year ended

31December 2023.

IBIS is an independent AccountAbility-licensed provider of sustainability

assurance services. The assurance team was led by Petrus Gildenhuys

with support from a multidisciplinary team of health, safety, social,

environmental and assurance specialists with extensive experience in

sustainability reporting. Petrus is a Lead Certified Sustainability Assurance

Practitioner (LCSAP) with more than 25 years’ experience in sustainability

performance measurement involving both advisory and assurance work.

#### Assurance standard applied

This assurance engagement was performed in accordance with

AccountAbility’s AA1000AS v3 (2020) (“AA1000AS”) and was

conducted to meet the AA1000AS Type II Moderate and High-level

requirements respectively, as indicated under assurance objectives below.

#### Respective responsibilities and IBIS’

#### independence

Thungela Resources Limited

Thungela Resources Limited is responsible for preparing its integrated

report and environmental, social and governance report and collecting

and presenting sustainability information within the Reports.

Thungela is also responsible for maintaining adequate records and

internal controls that support the reporting processes.

IBIS

IBIS’ responsibility is to the management of Thungela Resources Limited

alone and in accordance with the scope of work and terms of reference

agreed with Thungela.

IBIS applies a strict independence policy and confirms its impartiality to

Thungela in delivering the assurance engagement.

#### Assurance objectives

The purpose of the assurance engagement was to provide the management of Thungela and its stakeholders with an independent assurance

opinion on whether the Reports meet the following objectives:

• Adherence to the AA1000AP (2018) AccountAbility Principles of Inclusivity, Materiality, Responsiveness and Impact

• Fair reporting on a selection of operational disclosures for High and Moderate assurance levels respectively as presented below.

LEVEL OF

ASSURANCE Key performance indicators Unit of measure

ESG Report

pagereference

High

assurance

Total work-related fatal injuries Number 10, 65, 66, 120

Energy Used GJ 10, 48, 121

Total Scope 1 emissions t CO

2

e 4 7,  121

Total Scope 2 emissions t CO

2

e 4 7,  121

LEVEL OF

ASSURANCE Key performance indicators Unit of measure

ESG Report

pagereference

Moderate

assurance

Total number of Level 3, 4 and 5 environmental incidents reported Number 10, 33, 121

Water use, re-use and recycle Kilolitres 10, 51, 121

Total recordable case frequency rate (TRCFR) Per 1 000 000 hours worked 10, 65, 66, 120

Lost-time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) Per 1 000 000 hours worked 65, 66, 120

Total number of new cases of noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) Number 10, 71, 120

Employees exposed to inhalable hazards over the occupational

exposurelimit Number 70, 120

Employees exposed to noise over 85 dBA Number 71,  120

Total amount spent on corporate social investment (CSI), socio-economic

development projects (SED), Social and Labour Plans (SLP) and

Enterpriseand supplier development spend (ESD) ZAR Million 11 ,  1 0 7

Total number of Level 3, 4 and 5 social related incidents reported

(logging, consequence ratings) Number 10, 100

Number of security personnel trained on human rights Number 101

Freshwater abstraction Megalitres 10, 51, 121

Potable water extraction from the EWRP Megalitres 51,  121

Water reuse/recycle (water efficiency)  Percentage 10, 51, 121

Land rehabilitation (reshaping and seeding completed) Hectares 58

Hazardous waste generated  Tonnes 40, 121

Non-hazardous waste generated  Tonnes 40, 121

135

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Assessment criteria

The following assessment criteria were used in undertaking the work:

AA1000AP (AccountAbility Principles)

AA1000AP (2018) adherence criteria for the Principles of inclusivity,

materiality, responsiveness and impact

Thungela’s Sustainability Reporting Guideline

Sustainability manual that specifies definitions and guidance for

reporting sustainability information

Greenhouse Gas Protocol

Greenhouse Gas Protocol: Revised Edition (WRI & WBCSD, 2004)

(GHG Protocol)

#### Assurance procedures performed

Our assurance methodology included:

• Testing

Testing, on a sample basis, the measurement, collection, aggregation,

and reporting processes in place. Site visits to Mafube, Zibulo

and Greenside, and desktop reviews for Isibonelo, Goedehoop

andKhwezela.

• Interviews

Interviews with relevant data owners to understand and test the

processes in place for maintaining information in relation with the

subject matter in the assurance scope.

• Inspection

Inspection and corroboration of supporting evidence received

electronically to evaluate the data generation and reporting

processes against the assurance criteria.

• Assessing

Assessing the presentation of information relevant to the scope

of work in the environmental, social and governance report for

consistency with the assurance observations.

• Reporting

Reporting the assurance observations to management as they arose

to provide an opportunity for corrective action prior to completion of

the assurance process.

#### Engagement limitations

IBIS planned and performed the work to obtain all the information and

explanations believed necessary to provide a basis for the assurance

conclusions for a moderate level of assurance in accordance with

AA1000AS.

The procedures performed in a Moderate Assurance engagement

vary in nature from, and are less in extent, than for a High Assurance

engagement in relation to risk assessment procedures, including an

understanding of internal control, and the procedures performed

in response to the assessed risks. As a result, the level of assurance

obtained for a Moderate Assurance engagement is lower than for High

Assurance as per AA1000AS.

The scope of work did not extend to any subject matters other than

specified in this assurance statement. IBIS experienced no limitations to

the agreed extent of work required for the engagement.

#### Assurance conclusion

High assurance conclusion

In our view, based on the work undertaken for High Assurance as

described, we conclude that the subject matters in the scope for High

Assurance have been prepared in accordance with the defined reporting

criteria and are free from material misstatement.

Moderate assurance conclusion

In our view, based on the work undertaken for Moderate Assurance

as described, we conclude that the subject matters in the scope for

Moderate Assurance are supported by the evidence obtained.

#### Key observations and recommendations

#### for improvement

Based on the work set out above, and without affecting the assurance

conclusion, the key observations and recommendations for improvement

are set out below.

#### In relation to AA1000AP

Inclusivity:

Thungela has made public commitments to be transparent and

accountable to stakeholders in both its ESG and Integrated reports.

These commitments are embedded in Thungela’s policies, frameworks,

and standards, such as their Board-approved ESG Policy and Social

Policy. Thungela’s Stakeholder Engagement Protocol (SEP) describes the

scope and objectives of stakeholder engagement, the outputs of which

are used to inform several governance and strategy initiatives including

the materiality determination process and risk management processes.

Thungela’s stakeholder engagement functions are embedded across the

Group and operational sites, with responsibility for various engagement

activities being allocated to specific roles and functions.

It is recommended that Thungela consider setting relevant metrics to

measure engagement effectiveness, outcomes, and impact. This will

drive improvements in stakeholder engagement effectiveness. It is also

recommended that Thungela update its SEP to bring it into alignment with

its other policy documentation.

Materiality:

Thungela follows a materiality determination process as described in

its annual integrated report. The process involves senior managers from

across the Group, and the final outcomes are reviewed, interrogated,

and approved by the Board. Thungela’s internal risk and assurance

department, together with other functional areas are responsible for

managing, and responding to, the material risks in their areas.

It is recommended that Thungela formally document its materiality

process to ensure that the process remains aligned to best practices and

strengthen its articulation of how it assesses material sustainability risks,

opportunities, and impacts.

136

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

Responsiveness:

Thungela has implemented processes for engagement with, and

responses to, stakeholders, that are part of its risk management

procedures. Thungela’s operations develop their own communication

procedures, and have informally delegated responsibility to managers

and functions at operational sites for considering the relationship

between the maturity, impact and prioritisation of topics and the

appropriateness of the responses.

It is recommended that Thungela consider developing a Group-level

policy to ensure consistency in the process to develop responses

and to communicate with stakeholders. It is also recommended that

Thungela consider consolidating some of its stakeholder engagement

documentation within this policy.

Impact:

Thungela has identified, assessed, and disclosed its impacts, and

processes to measure, evaluate and manage these impacts in its ESG

report. Its identified impacts have been aligned to the United Nations

Sustainable Development Goals. To support and enable its impact

management, Thungela has documented policies, frameworks, and

standards, that are part of its risk management infrastructure, and the

internal risk and assurance department works closely with the other

functions across the organisation to ensure adequate management of

impacts. This is further enhanced through external assurance, and public

disclosure, of its ESG performance.

#### In relation to the selected disclosures

IBIS observed that appropriate measures are in place to provide reliable

source-data related to the selected sustainability disclosures in the

assurance scope for 2023. Thungela has an established sustainability

data management system, which assists with collecting and consolidating

sustainability information.

Discrepancies in data identified during the assurance process for 2023

mostly related to manual capturing errors on the sustainability data

management system that were subsequently corrected.

IBIS recommends the implementation of more rigorous controls at site

level, including a review of data before finalisation and submission to

Group. Uploading of supporting information to Group would assist

where there are manual data entries. Automated systems should be

implemented where financially feasible.

A comprehensive management report detailing specific findings and

recommendations for continued sustainability reporting improvement has

been submitted to Thungela management for consideration.

Petrus Gildenhuys

Director, IBIS Environmental Social Governance Consulting Africa (Pty)

Ltd

Johannesburg

15 April 2024

The assurance statement provides no assurance on the maintenance and integrity of sustainability information on the website, including controls used to maintain this. These

matters are the responsibility of Thungela Resources Limited.

137

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Reporting criteria

KPI Definition

Fatality A death resulting from a work-related injury

Total recordable case

frequency rate

(TRCFR)

Total recordable case frequency rate (calculated) is the number of recordable injuries (fatalities + lost-time injuries + medical treatment cases) per 1,000,000 hours

worked (total recordable cases x 1,000,000/total hours worked)

Land rehabilitation, reshaping,

growth material construction

and seeding completed

Total hectares reshaped during the current year, total hectares where the relevant growth medium has been constructed to date in the current year and total hectares

seeded and/or planted in the current year

New cases of noise induced

hearing loss (NIHL)

Number of employees diagnosed with NIHL during the reporting period. New cases are recorded when:

• The rules for diagnostic criteria for occupational disease in Thungela have been met

• There is a pattern consistent with NIHL on the audiogram

• The average hearing loss at frequencies 0.5, 1, 2, 3 and 4 kHz for both ears is greater than 25 dBA

• There has been a 10 dB change in average hearing loss since the pre-placement audiogram recorded on employment with Thungela

• The employee has not previously been counted as a NIHL case.

Number of employees who

know their HIV status

The total of all employees who are known to be HIV+ on their medical records (irrespective of year of testing or testing facility) – and who are still in employment at

the end of the last reporting year. Plus the total of all employees whose last test confirmed an HIV sero-negative status (based on a HIV counselling and testing result

during a calendar year) – and who are still in employment at the end of the last reporting year.

Total energy consumed

1

Energy consumed by our mobile equipment (haul trucks, loaders, dozers, vehicles) and stationary equipment (generators). Fuel sources that are used are petrol and

diesel.

Energy generated

1

Energy generated is from solar panels that are located at some of the sites. (Greenside, EWRP, Highveld Hospital and Elder)

Scope 1 emissions

1

Scope 1 emissions are direct GHG emissions from sources that Thungela owns or controls directly. Thungela’s scope 1 emissions from all sites are as a result of the

following activities:

1.  Stationary combustion – Includes diesel and petrol used in generators

2.  Mobile combustion – Includes diesel and petrol used in haul trucks, loaders, dozers, vehicles etc.

3.  Fugitive emissions – Includes emissions from the underground mines

4.  Industrial processes and product use – Includes the use of limestone for the neutralisation of acid mine drainage

5.  Wastewater treatment and discharge – Includes the emissions from anaerobic treatment systems

Scope 2 emissions

1

Scope 2 emissions are defined as GHG emissions from the generation of purchased electricity, steam, heating and cooling that is consumed in a company’s owned

orcontrolled equipment or operations. Thungela only purchases electricity from Eskom.

Scope 3 emissions

2

Scope 3 emissions are the result of activities from assets not owned or controlled by the reporting organisation, but that the organisation, indirectly affects in its

valuechain

1

Please refer to the climate change report for the methodologies associated with carbon and energy reporting criteria

2

The descriptions of the 15 categories in Scope 3 and the methodology we use to calculate them are provided in the climate change report

138

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

KPI Definition

Total greenhouse gas

emissions (kt CO

2

e)

Greenhouse gas calculations are based on the GHG Protocol, Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 2006 Guidelines and the South African Department

ofForestry, Fisheries and the Environment’s Technical Guidelines for Monitoring, Reporting and Verification of Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Industry:

https://www.environment.gov.za/sites/default/files/legislations/technicalguidelinesformrvofemissionsbyindustry.pdf

Freshwater abstraction Volume of water received by the site from the water environment or a third party supplier (excludes water supply from the EWRP)

Water efficiency (Reuse/

Recycle)

A total reuse/recycle efficiency metric for Thungela has been developed to increase water ‘reuse’ and ‘recycling’ behaviours such that the reliance on imported

water is reduced. Water is assigned a status and either classified as raw, worked or treated, which is required to define water stores and to calculate the reuse and

recyclingefficiency.

In an effort to improve reporting, a reconciliation of our reuse and recycling efficiency figures was conducted for several operations. Worse than expected values were

noted where filter presses and thickeners at processing plants are in use. These technologies ensure that water is recycled numerous times in the coal washing process.

This, however, did not reﬂect in our data. The calculation methodology in use was updated to disaggregate activities to sub-task level to reﬂect reuse and recycling in

thickeners and filter presses. The new efficiency calculation falls within the confines of the Minerals Council of Australia’s Water Accounting Framework for the Mineral

Industry which stipulates recommended aggregation levels.

The Water Accounting Framework for the Minerals Industry User Guide (MCA, 2014) and Thungela’s Guideline Document and Definitions for Water Reporting define

the different water statuses are as follows:

•  Raw water is water that is received as an input and has not been used in a task.

•  Worked water is water that has been through a task.

•  Treated worked water is water that has been through a task and has subsequently been treated on site to provide water of a suitable quality for a particular purpose.

Itcan include raw water treated once received onsite or water used in a process that is then treated to allow further use or release to an output destination.

The following definitions define reuse and recycle:

Reused water = worked water that is used in a task without treatment beforehand

The re-use efficiency is the sum of worked water ﬂows to tasks as a proportion of the sum of all ﬂows into the tasks.

Recycled water = worked water that is treated before it is used in a task

Recycling efficiency is the sum of treated worked water ﬂows to tasks as a proportion of the sum of all ﬂows into the tasks.

Water treatment (%) The treatment target is based on reducing recharge, managing stormwater and creating sufficient storage to ensure uncontrolled discharges are mitigated by achieving

a 40% treatment target. This includes desalination treatment at the EWRP and the Proxa plant at Mafube as well as lime treatment at Kromdraai and Navigation.

Water withdrawal The volume of water, in megalitres (ML) received by the operated asset from the water environment and/or a third-party supplier. It includes precipitation and run-off,

entrainment and aquifer interception.

139

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

KPI Definition

Water discharge Water that has been removed from the operated assets and returned to environment or distributed to a third party. Water we treat at the EWRP and then supply

tothemunicipality is captured as diverted water consistent with the ICMM guidance as it is not intended for operational purposes.

Water consumption All water that is removed by evaporation, entrainment (in product or waste) or other losses, and not released back to surface water, groundwater, seawater

orathirdparty.

Total number of level 3, 4

and5 environmental incidents

reported

Environmental incidents are unplanned or unwanted events that result in negative environmental impacts.

• A level 1 incident results in minor impact

• A level 2 incident results in low impact

• A level 3 incident results in medium impact

• A level 4 incident is considered to be a significant incident, that results in high impact

• A level 5 incident is considered a significant incident that has a permanent impact on the environment

We classify environmental incidents on a scale of 1 to 5 based upon increasing severity, in accordance with the Thungela 5x5 risk matrix, which plots potential

incidents against their likelihood of occurring and the severity of their consequence.

The following components are taken into consideration when rating the severity of environmental incidents:

• Scale: How significant is the size/scale of the impact relative to the size/scale of the receiving environment?

• Sensitivity: How sensitive is the receiving environment to the impact? How special or unique is the area that has been impacted?

• Remediation and clean-up: How difficult is the impact to contain, remediate and/or clean up? How much time and/or resources are required to manage the

incident?

Number of level 3, 4 or 5

reportable incidents with

social consequences

Reportable incidents with social consequences are unplanned or unwanted events that result in negative social impacts. The consequences are rated according

tothescale of the impact on the receptors, the vulnerability of the person or cultural heritage to the impact and our ability to remediate it.

• A level 1 incident results in minor change to people’s lives and is temporary. Those impacted have a high ability to adapt and no mitigation or corrective action

isrequired

• A level 2 incident creates a notable change to the way of life and in the short term. Those impacted have a high ability to adapt and it is easy to remediate

• A level 3 incident creates a significant change in the way of life and in the medium term, those impacted are able to adapt in part to the incident and it is not easy

toremediate

• A level 4 incident creates a fundamental change to the way of life and the impact is long term. The ability of those impacted to adapt is severely restricted and it

ischallenging to remediate

• A level 5 incident creates a fundamental change to the way of life and the impact is permanent. Those impacted are not able to adapt to the impact and it is very

difficult or impossible to remediate.

140

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Glossary

TERM USED Definition

AA1000AS AccountAbility AA1000 Assurance Standard

AI Artificial intelligence

Anglo American The Anglo American plc Group, and its subsidiaries

AR Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Assessment Report

ART Antiretroviral treatment

B-BBEE Broad-based black economic empowerment. This is a broader version of earlier BEE

(see below) policy and attempts to spread the benefits of economic empowerment to the

widest possible spectrum of black South Africans.

BEE Black economic empowerment, a policy of the South African government aimed at

increasing the access of black South Africans to productive assets. It seeks to ‘promote

new opportunities for and increase the levels of participation of black people in the

ownership, management and control of economic activities.

BHV Bullying, harassment and victimisation

Bioremediation Treatment or waste-management technique that uses naturally occurring organisms to

break down hazardous substances into less toxic or non-toxic substances.

BMP Biodiversity management plan

Butsanani Energy Butsanani Energy Investment Holdings Proprietary Limited

Capex Capital expenditure

CCR Climate change report

CCUS Carbon capture, utilisation and storage

CDP Carbon Disclosure Project

CH

4

Methane

CO

2

Carbon dioxide

CO

2

e Carbon dioxide equivalent

Coaltech The Coaltech Research Association is a voluntary collaborative non-profit organisation

that addresses the research needs of the South African coal industry.

TERM USED Definition

Company-managed

land

An area of land under the company’s direct management, including company owned

land, land managed or mined on behalf of third parties, land leased from third parties,

company-owned land leased to third parties, land under servitude and land set aside

for biodiversity offsets at the end of the reporting period. This excludes private or state-

owned land above company-owned mineral or mining rights areas and undeveloped

projects or prospects where the land does not yet fall under the company’s direct

management or ownership. This also excludes prospecting licences and claims, which

arecaptured under a different parameter.

CSI Corporate social investment

dBA Decibels

DBE Department of Basic Education

Decade of Action A term used by the United Nations to call for accelerating sustainable solutions to all

the world’s biggest challenges — ranging from poverty and gender to climate change,

inequality and closing the finance gap in the last 10 years before 2030

Demerger  The process to separate Thungela from Anglo American, as fully described in the

Combined Prospectus and Pre-listing statement of Thungela, published on 8 April 2021

DMRE Department of Mineral Resources and Energy

DOEL Department of Employment and Labour

DWS Department of Water and Sanitation

EAP Employee assistance programme

ECD Early childhood development

eDNA Environmental DNA

Ensham Business Thungela’s interest in Sungela Holdings, Sungela, Ensham Resources, Ensham Coal Sales

and Nogoa Pastoral, collectively.

Ensham Mine An unincorporated joint venture between Sungela and Bowen

EOR Engineer of record

ESD Enterprise and supplier development

ESG Environmental, social and governance

ESGR Environmental, social and governance report

EWRP Emalahleni Water Reclamation Plant

141

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

TERM USED Definition

FLI Focused leadership interactions

Fugitive emissions Methane (CH

4

) and a small proportion of CO

2

released from the coal seams in

underground mines as mining progresses

GBV Gender-based violence

GHG Greenhouse gas

GHG Protocol Standards and guidance for corporate accounting and reporting on emissions, which

help governments and business leaders to understand, quantify and manage emissions.

The GHG Protocol separates emissions into different scopes, depending on source.

It is available at: https://ghgprotocol.org/sites/default/files/

standards/ghg-protocol-revised.pdf

GJ Gigajoule

GRI Global Reporting Initiative

Group Thungela and its subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates

ha Hectare

HCT HIV counselling and testing

HDPs Historically disadvantaged persons

HEG Homogonous exposure group

HIV Human immunodeficiency virus

HPH High-potential hazard

HPI High-potential incident

IAR Integrated annual report

IBIS IBIS Environmental Social Governance Consulting Africa (Pty) Ltd

ICMM International Council on Mining and Metals

IEA International Energy Agency

IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards

IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

IPP Independent power producers

IRM Integrated risk management

ISO International Organization for Standardisation

ISSB International Sustainability Standards Board

IT Information technology

IUCN  International Union for Conservation of Nature

TERM USED Definition

JSE Johannesburg Stock Exchange Limited

King IV King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa 2016

Km Kilometre

KPIs Key performance indicators

Kt Kilotonne

kt CO

2

e Kilotonne of CO

2

equivalent

LCSAP Lead Certified Sustainability Assurance Practitioner

LED Local economic development

LGBTQIA+ Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, intersex and asexual

Lifex Mine life extension

LOM Life of mine

LSE London Stock Exchange

LTIFR Lost-time injury frequency rate

LTIs A lost-time injury is a work-related injury resulting in an employee/contractor being

unable to attend work, or to perform the full duties of his/her regular work, on the next

calendar day after the day of the injury, whether a scheduled work day or not.

M&A Mergers and acquisitions

m

3

Metres cubed

Mafube Mafube Coal Mining Proprietary Limited

METF Minerals Education Trust Fund

Mg Milligrams

MHSC Mine Health and Safety Council

Mintek Mintek is South Africa’s national mineral research organisation and is one of the world’s

leading technology organisations specialising in mineral processing, extractive metallurgy

and related areas. Mintek is a state-owned science council which reports to the Minister

of Mineral Resources and Energy.

ML/d Megalitre per day

MPRDA South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act No. 28 of 2002

MQA Mining Qualifications Authority

MRFs A mineral residue facility is the term used to describe a coal discard facility in which the

by-product or waste from coal processing is disposed. These structures are engineered

facilities.

142

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

TERM USED Definition

Mt Million tonnes

MTC Medical treatment case

MTPA Million tonnes per annum

MW Megawatt

NBBN National Biodiversity and Business Network

NBS Nature-based solutions

NEMA The South African National Environmental Management Act No. 107 of 1998

NEMBA National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act No. 10 of 2004

NGO Non-governmental organisation

NIHL Noise-induced hearing loss

NNL No net loss

NO

2

Nitrogen dioxide

NO

x

Nitrogen oxides

NQF National Qualifications Framework

NUM National Union of Mineworkers

NUMSA National Union of Metalworkers of South Africa

NWA National Water Act No. 36 of 1998

ODS Ozone-depleting substances

OEL Occupational exposure limits

ORM Operational risk management

PCD Pollution control dam

PIT Professionals-in-training

PM Particulate matter

PM

10

Particles smaller than 10 µm

PM

2.5

Particles smaller than 2.5 µm

PPE Personal protective equipment

PPM Parts per million

PV Photovoltaic

QCTO Quality Council for Trades and Occupations

TERM USED Definition

RAP  Resettlement Action Plan

RCP Representation Concentration Pathway

RMC Rietvlei Mining Company Proprietary Limited

ROM Run of mine, representing the coal extracted from mining operations before it

isprocessedinto saleable product

SACO South Africa Coal Operations Proprietary Limited

SANBI South African National Biodiversity Institute

SED Socio-economic development

SHE Safety, health and environment

SLP Social and labour plan

SME Small and medium-sized enterprise

SMME Small, medium and micro-sized enterprise

SO

2

Sulphur dioxide

SO

x

Sulphur oxides

SSP Shared Socioeconomic Pathways

T Tonnes

TB Tuberculosis

TCFD Task Force on Climate-Related Disclosures

TFR Transnet Freight Rail

Thungela Thungela Resources Limited

TRCFR

Total recordable case frequency rate, rate of recordable cases per 1,000,000 hours

worked

TTM Total tonnes moved

TWA Time-weighted average

UN United Nations

SDG Sustainable Development Goals

UNAIDS Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS

USD United States dollar

ZAR South African rand

14 3

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### Additional information

#### THUNGELA RESOURCES

#### LIMITED

25 Bath Avenue  PO Box 1521

Rosebank  Saxonwold

Johannesburg  Johannesburg

219 6     2132

South Africa  South Africa

Tel: +27 11 638 9300

This report is available at: www.thungela.com

#### COMMENT OR QUERIES

#### RELATED TO THIS REPORT

Nikki Fisher

Email: nikki.fisher@thungela.com

#### INVESTOR RELATIONS

Hugo Nunes

Email: hugo.nunes@thungela.com

Shreshini Singh

Email: shreshini.singh@thungela.com

#### MEDIA CONTACT

Hulisani Rasivhaga

Email: hulisani.rasivhaga@thungela.com

#### FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS DISCLAIMER AND THIRD-PARTY INFORMATION

This document includes forward-looking statements. Allstatements included in this document (other than statements of historical facts) are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, those

regarding Thungela’s financial position, business, acquisition and divestment strategy, dividend policy, plans and objectives of management for future operations (including development plans and objectives relating to Thungela’s

products, production forecasts and resource and reserve positions). Bytheir nature, such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance

or achievements of Thungela, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Thungela therefore cautions that forward-

looking statements are not guarantees of futureperformance.

Any forward-looking statement made in this document or elsewhere is applicable only at the date on which such forward-looking statement is made. New factors that could cause Thungela’s business not to develop as expected may

emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all of them. Further, the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement

are not known. Thungela has no duty to, and does not intend to, update or revise the forward-looking statements contained in this report after the date of this document, except as may be required by law. Any forward-looking

statements included in this report have not been reviewed or reported on by the Group’s independent external auditor.

The information contained within this report is deemed by the Group to constitute inside information as stipulated under the market abuse regulation (EU) No.596/2014 as amended by the market abuse (amendment) (UK MAR)

regulations 2019. Upon the publication of this report, this inside information is now considered to be in the public domain.

14 4

INTRODUCTION

GOVERNANCESOCIAL APPENDICES

ENVIRONMENT

THUNGELA ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE REPORT 2023

![]()

#### www.thungela.com